As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 1998
                                                  Registration No. 333-
                                                                       ---------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                           --------------------------

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                           --------------------------

                              FLORIDAFIRST BANCORP
                              --------------------
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

      United States                    6035                      59-3545582     
- ----------------------------       -----------------        --------------------
(State or other jurisdiction       (Primary SIC No.)          (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or                                          Identification No.)
organization)
              205 East Orange Street, Lakeland, Florida 33801-4611
                                 (941) 688-6811
                        --------------------------------
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
              including area code, of principal executive offices)

                              Mr. Gregory C. Wilkes
                                    President
                              FloridaFirst Bancorp
                    205 East Orange Street, Lakeland, Florida
                                 (941) 688-6811
                      -----------------------------------
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:
                             Charles E. Sloane, Esq.
                               Ruel B. Pile, Esq.
                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
           1301 K Street, N.W., Suite 700 East, Washington, D.C. 20005

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

         If any of the  securities  being  registered  on  this  Form  are to be
offered  on a  delayed  or  continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule 415  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  check the following
box [ ]

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If this  Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If this  Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration number of the earlier effective  registration statement for the
same offering. [ ]

         If the delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made  pursuant to
Rule 434, please check the following box.[ ]



                                            CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Title of Each            Amount       Proposed Maximum      Proposed Maximum          Amount of
  Class of Securities         to be         Offering Price      Aggregate Offering     Registration Fee
   To Be Registered         Registered         Per Share               Price
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    
Common Stock, $0.10 par      2,703,851           $10.00              $27,038,510           $7,516.71
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      
         The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the  registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on
such  date  as the  Commission,  acting  pursuant  to  said  Section  8(a),  may
determine.

PROSPECTUS                            FloridaFirst Bancorp
Up to 2,703,851 Shares      (Proposed Holding Company for First Federal Florida)
of Common Stock                                           205 East Orange Street
                                                               Lakeland, Florida

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         First Federal Florida is reorganizing from a federally chartered mutual
savings institution to a federally chartered stock savings institution.  As part
of the  reorganization,  First  Federal  Florida  will  become  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of FloridaFirst  Bancorp,  a federally  chartered stock  corporation.
Upon consummation of the  reorganization,  FloridaFirst  Bancorp will own all of
the  stock  of  First  Federal  Florida.  A  majority  of the  common  stock  of
FloridaFirst  Bancorp to be issued will be owned by a federally chartered mutual
savings  institution  holding  company  that  will have the same  directors  and
officers as First Federal Florida and FloridaFirst  Bancorp. The remainder (less
than half) of the common stock of  FloridaFirst  Bancorp is being offered to the
public in  accordance  with a plan of  reorganization  and stock  issuance.  The
reorganization  must be approved by a majority of the votes  eligible to be cast
by  members  of First  Federal  Florida  and  approved  by the  Office of Thrift
Supervision. No common stock will be sold if First Federal Florida, FloridaFirst
Bancorp and the mutual  holding  company do not receive the  necessary  votes or
regulatory  approvals or  FloridaFirst  Bancorp  does not receive  orders for at
least the minimum number of shares. The common stock is expected to be quoted on
The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol "_______."

         The  shares  of  common  stock  are first  being  offered  pursuant  to
nontransferable  subscription rights in a subscription  offering.  Depositor and
borrower  members as of certain  eligibility  dates  will  receive  subscription
rights.  Any transfer of  subscription  rights is  prohibited.  Common stock not
subscribed  for in the  subscription  offering  may be  offered  for  sale  in a
community  offering with preference given first to residents of Polk and Manatee
Counties in Florida and second to other residents of Florida.  Sandler O'Neill &
Partners,  L.P. is not required to sell any specific  number or dollar amount of
common stock but will use their best efforts to sell the common stock offered.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                TERMS OF OFFERING

         An  independent  appraiser  has  estimated  the  market  value  of  the
reorganized First Federal Florida to be between $37.0 million and $50.0 million.
Of this amount,  47%, between $17.4 million and $23.5 million,  is being offered
publicly,  which  establishes  the  number of shares to be  offered.  Subject to
regulatory approval, up to 2,703,851 shares, an additional 15% above the maximum
number of  shares,  may be sold.  Based on these  estimates,  we are  making the
following offering of shares of common stock:



                                              
o        Price Per Share:                            $10.00

o        Number of Shares
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:       1,737,825 to 2,351,175 to 2,703,851

o        Underwriting Commissions and Expenses
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:       $1,003,000 to $1,046,000 to $1,070,000

o        Net Proceeds
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:       $16,375,000 to $22,466,000 to $25,969,000

o        Net Proceeds per Share
         Minimum/Maximum/Maximum, as adjusted:       $9.42 to $9.56 to $9.60


Please refer to Risk Factors beginning on page 1 of this document.

These  securities  are not  deposits or savings  accounts and are not insured or
guaranteed  by  the  Federal   Deposit   Insurance   Corporation  or  any  other
governmental agency.

Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
regulator  has approved or  disapproved  these  securities or determined if this
prospectus  is accurate or  complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

 For information on how to subscribe, call the Stock Information Center at 
                (941) ____-____. Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.

              The Date of this Prospectus is __________ ____, 1999

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


















                                 [MAP GOES HERE]


















- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         THE PLAN OF  REORGANIZATION  AND  STOCK  ISSUANCE  IS  CONTINGENT  UPON
RECEIPT  OF ALL  REQUIRED  REGULATORY  APPROVALS,  APPROVAL  OF THE  PLAN BY THE
MEMBERS  OF THE  BANK,  AND THE SALE OF AT LEAST  THE  MINIMUM  NUMBER OF SHARES
OFFERED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

Q:   What is the purpose of the reorganization and offering?

A:   The reorganization will establish a stock holding company and First Federal
     Florida will convert to the stock form of  ownership,  which will enable it
     to raise additional capital in order to compete and expand more effectively
     in the financial services marketplace. FloridaFirst Bancorp will be able to
     issue capital  stock,  which is a source of capital not available to mutual
     savings institutions,  and will enable members,  employees and directors to
     indirectly obtain an ownership interest in the Bank. The reorganization and
     offering also will provide greater flexibility to structure and finance the
     expansion of its  operations,  including the potential  expansion of branch
     facilities,  and to diversify into other financial services,  to the extent
     permitted by law.

Q:   Why are we creating a mutual holding  company instead of selling all of our
     stock?

A:   We are using a structure  (a bank that is wholly  owned by a stock  holding
     company  that is in turn  majority  owned by a mutual  holding  company and
     minority  owned by  public  stockholders)  that we feel is best  for  First
     Federal Florida,  our members and the communities we serve. If FloridaFirst
     Bancorp  offered  all of its  stock to the  public,  we would be  forced to
     invest a much larger  amount of proceeds (at least twice as much) and might
     feel pressured to make investments with substantially more risk in order to
     achieve higher returns. We believe that the proceeds we will receive in the
     offering will be  sufficient to implement the business  strategy we feel is
     appropriate.

     In addition,  the use of this  structure  enables First Federal  Florida to
     achieve many of the benefits of a stock company  while  reducing the threat
     of an acquisition by another financial institution,  as can occur following
     a full  conversion  from  mutual to stock  form.  Sales of  locally  based,
     independent savings institutions to larger, regional financial institutions
     can  result in closed  branches,  fewer  choices  for  consumers,  employee
     layoffs and the loss of community  support and involvement by local savings
     institutions.

Q:   Who will be the minority stockholders of FloridaFirst Bancorp?

A:   Other  than the  mutual  holding  company  that will own 53% of the  common
     stock, everyone who purchases common stock will be a minority stockholder.

Q:   How do I purchase the stock?

A:   You must  complete  and  return the stock  order  form (no  copies  will be
     accepted)  together with your payment,  on or before ____:____  __________,
     Florida time on  _________________,  1999. If we do not receive  sufficient
     orders by that time, the offering may be extended until _____, 1999.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       (i)



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Q:   How much stock may I purchase?

A:   The minimum  purchase is 25 shares of common  stock (or $250).  The maximum
     purchase  is 20,000  shares  (or  $200,000)  for any  individual  person or
     persons  ordering  through a single account.  No person or persons ordering
     through  multiple  accounts,  together with their  associates,  or group of
     persons acting together,  may purchase in total more than 20,000 shares (or
     $200,000).  We may  decrease or increase  the maximum  purchase  limitation
     without  notifying  you. In the event that the offering is  oversubscribed,
     there will not be enough common stock to fill all orders.

Q:   What happens if there is not enough common stock to fill all orders?

A:   You might not receive any or all of the common  stock you want to purchase.
     If there is an oversubscription in the subscription  offering,  orders will
     be filled in the following order of priorities:

     o    Priority  1 -  Depositors  of First  Federal  Florida  at the close of
          business on June 30, 1997 with deposits of at least $50.00.

     o    Priority  2 - The  employee  stock  ownership  plan of  First  Federal
          Florida (which may purchase up to 8% of the common stock offered).

     o    Priority  3 -  Depositors  of First  Federal  Florida  at the close of
          business on December 31, 1998 with deposits of at least $50.00.

     o    Priority 4 - Other  depositors and certain  borrowers of First Federal
          Florida as of  _______________,  1999 who are  entitled to vote on the
          reorganization.

     If the persons described above do not subscribe for all of the shares,  the
     remaining shares may be offered in a community offering.  In the event of a
     community offering, we will give a preference to natural persons who reside
     in Polk and  Manatee  Counties,  Florida  (first  preference)  and  Florida
     (second  preference).  We  may  offer  shares  to  others  in a  syndicated
     community offering.  In a syndicated community offering, we would offer any
     remaining  shares to the general public through a group of  brokers/dealers
     organized by Sandler  O'Neill.  We have the right to reject any stock order
     in the community offering or syndicated community offering.

Q:   What particular  factors should I consider when deciding whether to buy the
     stock?

A:   Before you decide to  purchase  stock,  you  should  read this  prospectus,
     including the Risk Factors section that starts on page 1.

Q:   As a  depositor  or borrower  member of First  Federal  Florida,  what will
     happen if I do not purchase any stock?

A:   You are not required to purchase stock.  Your deposit account,  certificate
     account and any loans you may have with us will not be affected.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (ii)








Q:   May I sell or otherwise transfer my subscription rights?

A:   No.  Selling or  assigning  your  subscription  rights is  illegal.  If you
     exercise your subscription  rights you will be required to certify that you
     are  purchasing  common stock solely for your own account and that you have
     no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such common
     stock to another  person.  First Federal  Florida intends to pursue any and
     all legal and  equitable  remedies  in the  event it  becomes  aware of the
     transfer of  subscription  rights.  If we believe your order  violates this
     restriction,  your  order  will not be  filled.  You also may be subject to
     sanctions and penalties imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Q:   Who can help  answer  any  other  questions  I may  have  about  the  stock
     offering?

A:   In order to make an  informed  investment  decision,  you should  read this
     entire  document.  If you have any questions about the stock offering,  you
     should contact:

                            Stock Information Center
                              FloridaFirst Bancorp
                         220 E. Lemon Street, 6th Floor
                                Lakeland, Florida
                                 (941) ____-____


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (iii)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information from this document and may
not contain all the  information  that is  important to you. To  understand  the
stock offering fully, you should read this entire document carefully,  including
the financial statements and the notes to the financial  statements.  References
in this document to "we," "us," and "our" refer to FloridaFirst Bancorp, because
we are offering the stock. In certain instances where  appropriate,  "we," "us,"
or "ours" refers collectively to FloridaFirst Bancorp and First Federal Florida.
Throughout this document we refer to First Federal Florida (whether in mutual or
stock  form) as the "Bank." We also refer to  ourselves  as the  "Company."  Our
mutual holding company is FloridaFirst Bancorp, MHC or the "MHC."

         This document contains  forward-looking  statements which involve risks
and   uncertainties.   FloridaFirst   Bancorp's   actual   results   may  differ
significantly  from the results  discussed in the forward-  looking  statements.
Factors  that might  cause such a  difference  include,  but are not limited to,
those discussed in "Risk Factors" beginning on page 1 of this document.

The Companies

         First Federal Florida was founded in 1934 and primarily serves Polk and
Manatee  Counties in Florida.  The Bank is a federally  chartered  community and
customer  oriented  mutual  savings  institution.  The Bank  provides  financial
services  primarily  to  individuals,  families and small  businesses.  The Bank
emphasizes  residential  mortgage  lending,   primarily  originates  residential
mortgage loans and funds these loans with deposits.  The Bank  originates  other
loans  secured  by  real  estate,   purchases   investment  and  mortgage-backed
securities,  and uses borrowings as a secondary source of funding.  At September
30, 1998, the Bank had assets of $419.0 million,  deposits of $352.2 million and
equity of $36.1 million. See pages _______.

         FloridaFirst Bancorp is not an operating company and has not engaged in
any  significant  business to date.  Minority owners will hold 47% of its common
stock.  It is a federally  chartered stock holding company that will own 100% of
the stock of the Bank. See pages _______.

         FloridaFirst  Bancorp,  MHC will become the mutual holding  company for
FloridaFirst  Bancorp.  The MHC will be a  federally  chartered  mutual  savings
institution  holding  company  owning a  majority  of the stock of  FloridaFirst
Bancorp. See pages _______.

         The address and telephone number of the Company,  the MHC, and the Bank
is 205 East Orange Street, Lakeland, Florida 33801, (941) 688-6811.

The Reorganization and Offering

         The  reorganization  from  mutual to stock form and the stock  offering
include the following steps:

         o        The Bank will initially establish the MHC which will establish
                  both an interim stock savings institution and the Company. The
                  Company,  the MHC,  and the interim  institution  will have no
                  assets prior to the completion of the reorganization.

         o        The  Bank  will  convert  from a  federally  chartered  mutual
                  savings  institution  to a federally  chartered  stock savings
                  institution   and  merge  with  the  interim   stock   savings
                  institution.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (iv)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         o        Following the merger of the interim stock savings  institution
                  owned by the MHC into the Bank, the Bank will initially become
                  a wholly owned subsidiary of the MHC.

         o        The MHC will then  contribute  100% of the Bank's stock to the
                  Company  and the  Bank  will  then  become  the  wholly  owned
                  subsidiary of the Company.

         o        The Company will issue between  3,697,500 shares (minimum) and
                  5,002,500   shares  (maximum)  of  its  common  stock  in  the
                  reorganization;  53% of these  shares  (or  between  1,959,675
                  shares and  2,651,325  shares)  will be issued to the MHC, and
                  47% (or between 1,737,825 shares and 2,351,175 shares) will be
                  sold to the public.

Description of the Mutual Holding Company Structure

         This chart shows the corporate  structure  following  completion of the
reorganization:


- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------

  FloridaFirst Bancorp, MHC                            Public Stockholders

- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
               |       53% of the                              |    47% of the
               |      Common Stock                             |   Common Stock
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              FloridaFirst Bancorp

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       | 
                                       |             100% of the Common Stock
                                       | 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              First Federal Florida

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         The mutual holding company  structure  differs in significant  respects
from the holding company structure that is often used in a full  mutual-to-stock
conversion.  In a  full  conversion,  a  converting  mutual  institution  or its
newly-formed holding company sells 100% of its common stock in a stock offering.
A  savings   institution  that  converts  from  the  mutual  to  stock  form  of
organization  using the mutual holding company structure sells less than half of
its  shares  at the  time of the  reorganization.  By  doing  so,  a  converting
institution using the mutual holding company structure will raise less than half
the capital that it would have raised in a full mutual-to-stock conversion.

         The common stock that is issued to the MHC may be subsequently  sold to
the  Bank's  members  if the MHC  converts  from the mutual to the stock form of
organization. In addition,

because regulations
generally  prohibit  the sale of a savings  association  in the  mutual  holding
company structure, the reorganization and stock offering will permit the Bank to
achieve many of the benefits of a stock company while  reducing the threat of an
acquisition by another  institution,  as can occur  following a full  conversion
from  mutual  to  stock  form.  Sales  of  locally  based,  independent  savings
institutions to larger, regional

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       (v)



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

financial  institutions  can  result  in  closed  branches,  fewer  choices  for
consumers, employee layoffs and the loss of community support and involvement by
local savings institutions.

         Because  the  MHC  is  a  mutual  corporation,  its  actions  will  not
necessarily  always be in the best interests of the Company's  stockholders.  In
making business decisions,  the MHC's board of directors will consider a variety
of  constituencies,  including the  depositors of the Bank, the employees of the
Bank and the communities in which the Bank operates. As the majority stockholder
of the  company,  the  MHC is  also  interested  in the  continued  success  and
profitability of the Bank and the Company.  Consequently,  the MHC will act in a
manner  that  furthers  the  general  interests  of all  of its  constituencies,
including, but not limited to, the interests of the stockholders of the Company.
The MHC believes that the interests of the stockholders of the Company and those
of the MHC's other  constituencies  are, in many circumstances the same, such as
the increased profitability of the Company and the Bank and continued service to
the communities in which the Bank operates.

Stock Purchases

         The shares of common stock will be offered on the basis of  priorities.
As  a  depositor  or  borrower   member,   you  will  receive   non-transferable
subscription  rights to  purchase  the common  stock.  The common  stock will be
offered first in a subscription  offering and any remaining  common stock may be
offered in a community  offering,  with  preference  given first to residents of
Polk and Manatee Counties in Florida and second to other Florida residents, or a
syndicated public offering.  Sandler O'Neill & Partners,  L.P. will assist us in
selling our common stock in the offering. See pages __________.

The Offering Range and Determination of the Price Per Share

         The  offering  range  is  based  on an  independent  appraisal  of  the
estimated market value of the common stock by Feldman Financial  Advisors,  Inc.
("Feldman  Financial"),  an appraisal firm  experienced in appraisals of savings
institutions.  Feldman  Financial  has  estimated,  that  in its  opinion  as of
December  ____,  1998 the  aggregate  pro forma market value of the common stock
ranged  between  $37.0  million and $50.0  million  (with a  mid-point  of $43.5
million).  The Board of Directors  has decided to offer 47% of the common stock,
or between  1,737,825  and  2,351,175  shares in the offerings to the public and
issue 53% of the common  stock to the MHC.  The  estimated  market  value of the
shares is our estimated  market value after giving effect to the  reorganization
and the offering.

         The  appraisal  was  based in part  upon our  financial  condition  and
operations  and the  effect  of the  additional  capital  we will  raise in this
offering.  The $10.00 price per share was  determined by our board of directors.
It is the price most commonly used in stock offerings  involving  conversions of
mutual savings institutions. The independent appraisal will be updated before we
complete the  reorganization.  If the estimated market value of the common stock
is either  below $37.0  million or above $50.0  million you will be notified and
will have the opportunity to modify or cancel your order. The appraisal is not a
recommendation  about  buying  the  common  stock.  You  should  read the entire
prospectus before making an investment decision. See pages __________.

Termination of the Offering

         The  subscription  offering  will  terminate at  ____:____  __________,
Florida time, on __________  ____,  1999.  The community  offering or syndicated
community  offering,  if any, may  terminate  at any time without  notice but no
later than __________ ____, 1999.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (vi)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Benefits to Directors, Officers and Employees from the Offering

         Our  employees  may  participate  in the  offering  through  individual
purchases and through  purchases of stock by our employee stock  ownership plan,
which is a type of  retirement  plan.  We also intend to  implement a restricted
stock plan and a stock  option  plan,  which may  benefit the  president,  other
officers, and the directors. We may decide to adopt these stock plans within the
first year after the reorganization.  The restricted stock plan and stock option
plan are subject to stockholder approval and compliance with OTS regulations.



Use of the Proceeds Raised from the Sale of Common Stock

         We will use a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to purchase
all the common stock to be issued by the Bank in the  reorganization and to make
a loan to an ESOP

of the Bank to fund the plan's
purchase of stock in the offering.  The balance of the funds will be retained as
our initial capitalization. The Bank will invest the portion of the net proceeds
received by it  primarily  in  residential  and  commercial  real estate  loans,
mortgage-backed securities,  consumer loans and investment securities.  Proceeds
may  also be used  for new  equipment,  additional  office  facilities,  and the
refurbishment of existing branches. See page __________.

Dividends

         We  anticipate  paying  a  semi-annual  cash  dividend   following  the
completion of the full first quarter of operations  following the reorganization
in an amount that has yet to be determined. There are restrictions on dividends.
See pages __________.

Market for the Common Stock

         We expect the  common  stock to be quoted on The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market
under the symbol "__________." If we do not meet the requirements for the Nasdaq
National Market,  our common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market.
Sandler  O'Neill intends to make a market in the common stock but it is under no
obligation to do so. See page __________.

Important Risks in Owning the Common Stock of FloridaFirst Bancorp

         Before you decide to purchase common stock in the offering,  you should
read the Risk Factors section on pages 1-____ of this document.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (vii)



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Selected Financial Data



                                                                                At September 30,
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1998(1)           1997             1996             1995             1994
                                                      ----              ----             ----             ----             ----
                                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                                              
Total Amount of:
   Assets...................................         $419,041         $466,765         $440,294         $431,414         $409,866
   Loans receivable, net....................          338,610          355,551          321,327          260,675          247,943
   Investment securities....................           60,961           74,573           99,841          138,234          135,270
   Cash and cash equivalents................            5,217           21,842            3,885           18,222           13,691
   Deposits.................................          352,180          429,714          404,184          397,594          378,502
   FHLB advances............................           21,000               --               --               --               --
   Equity (restricted)......................           36,107           33,588           30,569           30,774           28,606

Number of:
   Real estate loans outstanding............            4,433            5,149            5,461            5,187            5,396
   Deposit accounts.........................           38,409           46,012           43,002           40,083           37,310
   Full service offices.....................                9               14               13               14               14



- -----------------
(1)      During fiscal year 1998, the Bank sold five branches (and $55.3 million
         in related  deposits)  that were not contiguous to its main market area
         for a pre-tax gain of $3.0 million. In connection with the Branch Sale,
         the Bank  transferred  $45.1  million in loans and $700,000 in premises
         and equipment.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     (viii)



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Summary of Operations



                                                                       Year Ended September 30,
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1998                1997                1996                1995                 1994
                                  -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   --------------
                                                                            (In thousands)

                                                                                                           
Interest and dividend income......    $ 31,892            $ 33,790            $ 31,694             $29,820              $27,532
Interest expense..................      18,966              19,702              18,961               7,689               14,707
                                        ------             -------             -------              ------
  Net interest income.............      12,926              14,088              12,733              12,131               12,825
Provision for loan losses.........         405                 317                 600                  75                  189
                                        ------
  Net interest income after
   provision for loan losses......      12,521              13,771              12,133              12,056               12,636
Other income......................       4,961(1)            1,575               1,546               1,064                1,125
Other expense.....................      13,946              11,520              13,382(2)           10,081                9,662
                                        ------             -------             -------              ------               ------
Income before income taxes........       3,536               3,826                 297               3,039                4,099

Provision for income taxes........       1,151               1,299                  44               1,057                1,400
                                        ------
Income before cumulative
  effect of change in
  accounting principle............       2,385               2,527                 253               1,982                2,699
Cumulative effect of change
  in accounting principle.........          --                  --                  --                  --                  118(3)
                                      --------             -------            --------             -------               -------
Net income........................    $  2,385             $ 2,527            $    253             $ 1,982              $ 2,817
                                      ========             =======             =======              ======               ======



- -----------------
(1)      Reflects sale of five branches and related deposits.
(2)      Includes a $2.5 million one-time special assessment to recapitalize the
         Savings Association Insurance Fund.
(3)      Reflects adoption of SFAS 109.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      (ix)



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Selected Financial Ratios



                                                                              At or For the Year Ended
                                                                                      September 30,
                                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1998            1997           1996           1995           1994
                                                              ----            ----           ----           ----           ----

                                                                                                           
Performance Ratios:
  Return on average assets (net income
    divided by average total assets)......................      .55%           .56%           .06%           .48%            .68%

  Return on average equity (net income
    divided by average equity)............................     6.55           7.71            .79           6.58           10.15

  Net interest rate spread................................     2.73           2.96           2.76           2.38            2.83

  Net interest margin on average
    interest-earnings assets..............................     3.02           3.21           3.03           2.99            3.18

  Average interest-earning assets to average
    interest-bearing liabilities..........................      110            108            108            107             107

  Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense (other than the
    Bank's $2.5 million SAIF special assessment in 
    1997) divided by the sum of net interest income
    and noninterest income)...............................       78             74             76             76              69


Asset Quality Ratios:
  Non-performing loans to total assets....................      .20            .49            .27            .28             .57

  Non-performing loans to total loans, net................      .25            .65            .37            .46             .94

  Non-performing assets to total assets...................      .32            .53            .28            .36             .62

  Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding............      .14            .02            .04            .03             .09

  Allowance for loan losses to total loans................      .76            .74            .74            .73             .78

Capital Ratios:
  Average equity to average assets ratios
    (average equity divided by average total assets)......     8.31           7.25           7.41           7.22            6.72

  Equity to assets at period end..........................     8.62           7.20           6.94           7.13            6.98



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       (x)


                                  RISK FACTORS

         In  addition  to the other  information  in this  document,  you should
consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our
common stock.

Potential Impact of Changes in Interest Rates on Profitability

         Our  ability  to make a  profit  largely  depends  on our net  interest
income.  Net interest  income is the difference  between the interest  income we
earn on our  interest-earning  assets  (such as  mortgage  loans and  investment
securities) and the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing  liabilities
(such as deposits  and  borrowings).  Most of our  mortgage  loans have rates of
interest  which  are  fixed  for the term of the loan  ("fixed  rates")  and are
generally  originated with terms of up to 30 years,  while our deposit  accounts
have  significantly  shorter  terms to  maturity.  Because our  interest-earning
assets  generally  have  fixed  rates  of  interest  and have  longer  effective
maturities   than   our   interest-bearing   liabilities,   the   yield  on  our
interest-earning assets generally will adjust more slowly to changes in interest
rates than the cost of our  interest-bearing  liabilities,  which are  primarily
time deposits. As a result, our net interest income may be adversely affected by
material and prolonged increases in interest rates. In addition, rising interest
rates may adversely  affect our earnings because there may be a lack of customer
demand for loans.  Declining  interest rates may also  adversely  affect our net
interest  income if adjustable  rate or fixed rate mortgage loans are refinanced
at lower rates or prepaid, and we reinvest the resulting funds in lower yielding
assets.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations -- Management of Interest Rate Risk and Market Risk."

         Changes in interest rates can also affect the average life of loans and
mortgage-backed  securities.  Historically lower interest rates have resulted in
increased  prepayments  of loans and  mortgage-backed  securities,  as borrowers
refinanced  their mortgages in order to reduce their borrowing cost. Under these
circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that we are not
able to reinvest such  prepayments at rates which are comparable to the rates on
the prepaid loans or securities.

Potential Increase in Credit Risk From Non-One- to Four-Family Residential First
Mortgage Lending

         Like any  company  in the  business  of lending  money,  the Bank faces
"credit  risk,"  that is the risk  that its  borrowers  will not pay back  their
loans.  Because the Bank's lending has traditionally  consisted of loans secured
by the  borrower's  home,  its  exposure to credit risk has not been as great as
that  faced  by  other  lenders.  Over the past  five  years,  however,  we have
significantly  increased our  origination  of  commercial  real estate loans and
intend  to  continue  to do so.  We  also  intend  to  continue  to  expand  our
origination of home equity loans and consumer loan products,  such as automobile
loans. This type of lending has a greater degree of credit risk than traditional
one- to  four-family  residential  lending,  which could  result in increases in
non-performing  assets and provisions for loan losses. See "Business of the Bank
- - Lending Activities - Consumer Loans."

Low Return on Equity After Reorganization

         As  a  result  of  the   reorganization,   our  equity  will   increase
substantially.  Our  ability to  leverage  this  capital  will be  significantly
affected by  competition  for loans and deposits and  economic  conditions.  Our
expenses will increase  because of the costs  associated with our employee stock
ownership  plan,  our expected  stock  benefit  plans,  and the costs of being a
public  company.  Our offering of new types of commercial and consumer  products
will also  increase our ongoing  operating  expenses.  We do not know if we will
receive  sufficient  income to offset  these  additional  costs.  Because of the
increases in our equity

                                        1





and expenses,  our return on equity may decrease as compared to our  performance
in previous years. Initially, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short term
investments which generally have lower yields than residential mortgage loans. A
low return on equity could reduce the trading price of our common stock.

Reduced Ownership Following MHC Conversion Due to Waived Dividends

         If the  MHC  converted  to  stock  form  in the  future,  our  plan  of
reorganization  provides that our stockholders would exchange their common stock
of the Company for common stock of the converted MHC on an equitable  basis.  If
the MHC were to convert to stock form,  the related stock  offering would likely
(1) provide  subscription  rights to members of the Bank,  (2) limit the maximum
number of shares  that could be  purchased  by a person and (3)  include  shares
received in exchange  of our common  stock in the maximum  number of shares that
could be purchased. This could mean that our stockholders who own a large amount
of our common stock might not be able to exercise their subscription  rights for
stock sold by the converted MHC or,  possibly,  be forced to sell some stock (if
the maximum  purchase limit were below the number of shares of stock that such a
person  would own after they  received  shares in  exchange  of our shares  they
already owned).

         With  regulatory  approval,  the MHC may  waive  its  right to  receive
dividends  that we pay. One of the conditions to such approval would be that any
waived   dividends   would  reduce  the   percentage   ownership  that  minority
stockholders  would  receive in exchange of their  shares of our common stock if
the MHC converted to stock form in the future.  The plan of reorganization  also
provides for such an adjustment. See "MHC Conversion to Stock Form." The MHC has
not  determined  whether it will waive the receipt of dividends  that we pay. In
addition,  the value of  assets  owned by the MHC would  reduce  the  percentage
ownership that minority stockholders would receive if the MHC converted to stock
form.

         You  should not assume  that the MHC would be  permitted  to convert to
stock form or, even if  permitted,  that our  stockholders  would be entitled to
exchange or redeem their shares of our common stock.

Reliance Upon Local Economy and Competition Within Our Market Area

         We originate  primarily  residential  real estate and consumer loans in
our market  area.  Our  ability to  originate  loans that meet our  underwriting
standards and the ability of borrowers to make monthly payments of principal and
interest  depends  substantially  upon the strength of the local economy.  Local
economic  activity may be affected by a variety of factors  including changes in
the overall  economy  and more  localized  events  such as a hurricane  or other
natural  disaster.  Both local financial  institutions and much larger financial
institutions  headquartered  outside  our  market  area but with  local  offices
provide substantial  competition with respect to the generation of loans. In our
market area, we compete with  commercial  banks,  savings  institutions,  credit
unions, finance companies,  mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and
investment  banking  firms  operating  locally  and  elsewhere.  Many  of  these
competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have
and offer services that we do not or cannot provide.  Our profitability  depends
upon our continued ability to successfully  compete in our market area. Further,
economic  stagnation  or decline in  economic  activity in our market area could
have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Takeover Restrictions

         Mutual Holding  Company  Structure.  Under federal  regulations and the
plan of reorganization, the MHC must own at least a majority of our common stock
at all times after the offering. The MHC

                                        2





will be  controlled  by the same  directors  and  officers who control the Bank.
Because of this, our directors and management will be able to control a majority
of our common stock.

         Provisions  in the  Company's  Governing  Instruments.  Our charter and
bylaws  provide  for,  among  other  things,  a  staggered  board of  directors,
noncumulative  voting for directors,  limits on the calling of special meetings,
and  limits  on a  person  or  group  voting  shares  in  excess  of  10% of the
outstanding  shares.  These restrictions may discourage proxy contests and other
takeover  attempts,  particularly  those which have not been negotiated with the
Board of Directors,  and thus may perpetuate  current  management.  See "Certain
Restrictions on Acquisition of the Company."

         Ownership and Control of Common Stock by Management.  Our directors and
executive officers are expected to purchase  approximately 127,500 shares of our
common stock in the offering  (6.2% at the midpoint of the offering  range).  In
addition,  approximately 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering
are expected to be  purchased by the ESOP.  Shares owned by the ESOP but not yet
allocated  to the  accounts of  participants  will be voted by the ESOP  trustee
committee  comprised of non-employee  directors.  Further,  because of the MHC's
ownership of 53% of our stock, current officers and directors will control up to
56.4% of the total number of shares  outstanding at the completion of the Bank's
reorganization.  To the extent we implement  stock benefit plans,  the ownership
and  control by  officers  and  directors  would  increase.  See  "Management  -
Executive  Compensation - Employee Stock  Ownership Plan" and "- Potential Stock
Benefit Plans."

         Certain  provisions  of  employment  agreements  with our key  officers
provide for cash payments in the event of a change in control.  These provisions
increase  the cost of,  and may  discourage  a future  attempt  to  acquire  the
Company,  and thus  generally may serve to perpetuate  current  management.  See
"Management - Executive Compensation - Employment Agreements."

Limited Market for Common Stock

         We have never issued  capital stock and there is not, at this time, any
market for the common stock.  We have applied to have the common stock quoted on
the National Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol "__________". If
the common stock is not listed on the National Market, we expect that the common
stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market.

         Due to the relatively small size of the offering (due, in part from the
public  offering  of less than half of the  shares  to be  issued),  you have no
assurance that an active and liquid market for the common stock will exist.  You
should consider the  potentially  illiquid nature of an investment in the common
stock and  recognize  that the absence of an  established  market  might make it
difficult to buy or sell the common stock. See "Market for the Common Stock."

Expenses Associated with the ESOP and Stock Benefit Plans

         The ESOP  currently  intends to purchase  up to 8% of the common  stock
offered  in the  offering.  The  net  proceeds  of the  offering  available  for
investment by the Bank will be reduced by the cost of the shares  (including the
costs of  borrowing)  bought  by the  ESOP.  The Bank  will  recognize  material
employee  compensation  and  benefit  expenses  assuming  the ESOP and the stock
benefit plans are implemented. The actual aggregate amount of these new expenses
cannot be predicted at the present time because applicable  accounting practices
require  that such  expenses be measured  based on the fair market  value of the
shares of common  stock.  In the case of the ESOP,  fair  market  value would be
measured annually when shares are committed to be released for allocation to the
ESOP participants; in the case

                                        3





of the stock  benefit  plans,  fair market  value would be measured at the grant
date and amortized  over the award's  vesting  period.  These expenses have been
reflected in the pro forma financial information under "Pro Forma Data" assuming
the  purchase  price  ($10.00 per share)  represents  the fair market  value for
accounting purposes. Actual expenses,  however, will be based on the fair market
value of the common stock at future dates, which may be higher or lower than the
purchase price. See "Pro Forma Data" and "Management - Executive  Compensation -
Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

Recent Stock Market Volatility

         Publicly traded stocks, including the stocks of financial institutions,
have recently  experienced  substantial  market price  volatility.  These market
fluctuations  may  be  unrelated  to the  operating  performance  of  particular
companies  whose shares are traded.  The purchase  price per share of the common
stock has been set at $10 and the total  number of shares  sold will be based on
the independent appraisal by Feldman Financial.  After the offering, the trading
price of the common  stock will be  determined  by the  marketplace,  and may be
influenced  by many  factors,  including  prevailing  interest  rates,  investor
perceptions of the Company and general industry and economic conditions.  Due to
possible  continued market  volatility and to other factors,  including  certain
Risk  Factors  discussed  in this  document,  there  can be no  assurance  that,
following the  reorganization,  the trading price of the common stock will be at
or above the initial offering price. See "Market for the Common Stock."

Financial Institution Regulation and Possible Legislation

         The Bank is  subject  to  extensive  regulation  and  supervision  as a
federally-chartered  savings bank with deposits  insured by the Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC").  The  regulatory  authorities  have  extensive
discretion in connection with their  supervision and enforcement  activities and
their  examination  policies,  including the imposition of  restrictions on Bank
operation,  the  classification  of assets and the  imposition of an increase in
allowance for loan losses. In addition,  the Company,  as a savings  institution
holding  company,  will be  subject to  extensive  regulation  and  supervision.
Regulatory  changes,  whether by the Office of Thrift Supervision  ("OTS"),  the
FDIC, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve
System"),  or Congress,  could have a material  impact on us. See  "Regulation -
Regulation of the Company."

Possible Year 2000 Computer Program Problems

         A great  deal of  information  has been  disseminated  about the global
computer crash that may occur in the year 2000. Many computer  programs that can
only distinguish the final two digits of the year entered (a common  programming
practice in earlier years) are expected to read entries for the year 2000 as the
year 1900 and compute payment,  interest or delinquency  based on the wrong date
or are expected to be unable to compute payment, interest or delinquency.  Rapid
and accurate data processing is essential to our operations.  Data processing is
also essential to most other financial institutions and many other companies.

         Most of the Bank's  material data  processing that could be affected by
this problem is provided by a third party service bureau. The service bureau has
advised the Bank that it expects to resolve this  problem  before the year 2000.
However,  if this problem is not resolved  before the year 2000,  the Bank would
likely  experience  significant  data processing  delays,  mistakes or failures.
These delays,  mistakes or failures  could have a significant  adverse impact on
the Bank's financial condition and its results of operations.  See "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations -
Results of Operations - Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure."


                                        4





                              FIRST FEDERAL FLORIDA

         First  Federal  Florida  is  a  federally   chartered   mutual  savings
institution,  originally  chartered  in 1934 as First  Federal  Savings and Loan
Association of Lakeland.  The Bank became a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank
("FHLB")  System in 1934 and the Bank's  deposits are  currently  insured by the
Savings  Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF") as  administered  by the FDIC. The
Bank is regulated by the OTS and the FDIC.

         The  Bank  is  a   community-oriented   retail  savings  bank  offering
traditional  deposit,  residential  real estate  mortgage loans and, to a lesser
extent,  commercial real estate loans,  consumer loans and other loans.  Through
our nine  offices  located in Polk and Manatee  Counties in Florida,  we provide
retail banking  services,  with an emphasis on one- to  four-family  residential
mortgages.  Currently,  the Bank originates 15 year and 30 year conforming fixed
rate residential mortgage loans primarily for its asset portfolio.  At September
30, 1998, net loans receivable amounted to approximately $338.6 million or 80.8%
of total assets,  of which  approximately  $244.7 million or 72.3% of such total
was secured by one- to  four-family  residential  real estate.  The Bank invests
excess  liquidity  in  mortgage-backed  and  investment  securities  (consisting
primarily of U.S. government agency securities).  Investment and mortgage-backed
securities  amounted to $61.0  million or 14.6% of total assets at September 30,
1998.  At September  30,  1998,  the Bank had total  assets,  deposits and total
equity of $419.0 million, $352.2 million, and $36.1 million,  respectively.  See
"Business of the Bank."

                              FLORIDAFIRST BANCORP

         We are a federally chartered  corporation organized on __________ ____,
1998 at the  direction of the Bank to acquire all of the capital  stock that the
Bank will issue upon its conversion  from the mutual to stock form of ownership.
We have not  engaged  in any  significant  business  to date but will serve as a
holding  company of the Bank  following  the  reorganization.  A majority of our
common stock will, in turn, be owned by the MHC. We have applied for approval to
acquire  control of the Bank.  We will retain up to 50% of the net proceeds from
the  issuance  of common  stock as our  initial  capitalization  less the amount
retained by the MHC.  Part of the  proceeds  retained by us will be used to fund
the loan to the Bank's  ESOP.  We will use the  balance of the net  proceeds  to
purchase all of the common stock of the Bank to be issued upon conversion.  Upon
consummation  of the  reorganization,  we will have no significant  assets other
than that  portion of the net  proceeds of the  offering,  the  promissory  note
representing  the amount of our loan to the Bank's  ESOP,  and the shares of the
Bank's  capital  stock  acquired  in the  reorganization,  and we  will  have no
significant liabilities.  Our cash flow will be dependent upon earnings from the
investment  of the portion of net proceeds we retain in the  reorganization  and
any dividends received from the Bank. See "Use of Proceeds."

         Management  believes that the holding  company  structure  will provide
flexibility for possible diversification of business activities through existing
or newly-formed  subsidiaries,  or through  acquisitions of or mergers with both
savings  institutions and commercial banks, as well as other financial  services
related companies.  Although there are no current arrangements,  understandings,
or  agreements  regarding  any  such  opportunities,  the  Company  will be in a
position after the  reorganization,  subject to regulatory  limitations  and the
Company's  financial  condition,  to take advantage of any such  acquisition and
expansion  opportunities that may arise. However, some of these activities could
be deemed to entail a greater risk than the activities permissible for federally
chartered savings  institutions such as the Bank. The initial  activities of the
Company are anticipated to be funded by the portion of the net proceeds retained
by the Company and earnings thereon.


                                        5





                            FLORIDAFIRST BANCORP, MHC

         As part of the  reorganization,  the Bank  will  organize  the MHC as a
federally chartered mutual holding company. As long as they remain depositors of
the Bank,  persons who had liquidation rights with respect to the Bank as of the
date of the reorganization will continue to have such rights solely with respect
to the MHC after the reorganization.

         The MHC's principal  assets will be the shares of common stock received
and up to $200,000 received as its initial capitalization in the reorganization.
Immediately after  consummation of the  reorganization,  it is expected that the
MHC will not engage in any  business  activity  other than its  investment  in a
majority of the common stock of the Company and its initial capitalization.  The
MHC will be a mutual  corporation  chartered  under federal law and regulated by
the OTS and the Federal Reserve.  The MHC will be subject to the limitations and
restrictions imposed on savings institution holding companies under federal law.
See "Regulation - Regulation of the Company."

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net  proceeds  will depend on the total  number of shares of common
stock  issued  in the  offering,  which  will be  dependent  on the  independent
valuation and marketing considerations, and the expenses incurred by the Company
and the Bank in connection  with the offering.  Although the actual net proceeds
from the sale of the common  stock  cannot be  determined  until the offering is
completed,  it is currently  estimated  that net proceeds,  assuming the sale of
1,737,825  and  2,351,175  shares  of  stock  at  $10.00  per  share,  would  be
approximately  $16.4  million  and $22.5  million  respectively.  The actual net
proceeds  may vary from these  estimates  because,  among other  things,  actual
expenses may be more or less than those estimated.

         Of the net  proceeds  at least one half will be used by the  Company to
purchase  100% of the  common  stock of the Bank  that is  issued.  The  Company
intends to use a portion of the net proceeds it retains to make a loan  directly
to the ESOP to enable the ESOP to purchase stock in the offering, or in the open
market to the extent the stock is not available to fill the ESOP's subscription.
Of the  remainder  of the net  proceeds,  the MHC will  receive  $200,000 as its
initial  capitalization  and the Company will retain the rest.  These funds will
initially  be  invested  in  U.S.  government  and  federal  agency  securities,
marketable securities,  or a combination of both. Proceeds from the offering may
also be used to fund  repurchases  of the Company's  stock.  See "The Offering -
Restrictions on Repurchases of Shares."

         The net proceeds  from the  offering  received by the Bank will be used
for general  corporate  purposes and will  increase the Bank's total  capital to
expand  investment and lending,  internal growth,  and possible  external growth
through the expansion and  refurbishment  of its branch office system within its
existing market areas,  including the  installation of automated teller machines
("ATMs"),  technological  advancements  and  expansion  of  its  commercial  and
consumer  lending  programs.  However,  there  are  no  current  agreements  and
arrangements  regarding expansion.  Net proceeds may also be used by the Bank to
make  contributions  to the ESOP  which in turn  would be used to repay the loan
from the Company.

         In the event the ESOP does not purchase  common stock in the  offering,
the  ESOP  may  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  in  the  market  after  the
reorganization.  In the event the  purchase  price of the common stock is higher
than $10.00 per share,  the amount of proceeds  required for the purchase by the
ESOP will increase and the resulting stockholders' equity will decrease.

         The net proceeds may vary because total expenses of the  reorganization
may be more or less than those estimated. The net proceeds will also vary if the
number of shares to be issued in the

                                        6





reorganization  are  adjusted  to  reflect a change in the  estimated  pro forma
market  value of the Company  and the Bank.  Payments  for shares  made  through
withdrawals  from existing Bank deposit  accounts will not result in the receipt
of new funds for  investment  by the Bank but will result in a reduction  of the
Bank's  deposits and interest  expense as funds are  transferred  from  interest
bearing certificates or other deposit accounts.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         The Company  intends to establish a policy to pay cash dividends  after
the  reorganization.  The  initial  annual  amount  of the  dividends  is as yet
undetermined.  Dividends will be subject to determination and declaration by the
Company's Board of Directors, which will take into account, among other factors,
the Company's financial  condition,  results of operations,  tax considerations,
industry standards,  economic conditions,  regulatory  restrictions which affect
the payment of dividends by the Company to the MHC,  and other  factors.  If the
MHC elects not to waive receipt of dividends from the Company or if the OTS does
not approve such a waiver,  the amount of dividends  may be adversely  affected.
See "Risk Factors - Reduced  Ownership  Following MHC  Conversion  Due to Waived
Dividends"  and "Waiver of Dividends by the MHC." There can be no assurance that
dividends  will in fact be paid on the  common  stock  or that,  if  paid,  such
dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in future periods.

         The Company's  ability to pay dividends  also depends on the receipt of
dividends from the Bank which is subject to a variety of regulatory  limitations
on the  payment of  dividends.  See  "Regulation  --  Regulation  of the Bank --
Dividend  and  Other  Capital  Distribution  Limitations."  Furthermore,   as  a
condition to OTS approval of the reorganization,  the Company has agreed that it
will not initiate any action within one year of completion of the reorganization
in the furtherance of payment of a special distribution or return of capital (as
distinguished  from a regular or special dividend payment in the ordinary course
of business) to  stockholders  of the Company.  See also "Waiver of Dividends by
the MHC."

         In addition to the foregoing,  earnings of the Bank appropriated to bad
debt reserves and deducted for federal income tax purposes are not available for
payment of cash dividends or other distributions to stockholders without payment
of taxes at the  then-current  tax rate by the Bank on the  amount  of  earnings
deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. See "Taxation" and
Note  10 of  the  financial  statements.  The  Bank  does  not  contemplate  any
distribution out of its bad debt reserve which would cause such tax liability.

                         WAIVER OF DIVIDENDS BY THE MHC

         The MHC, prior to the declaration of any dividends by the Company, will
determine whether to apply to the OTS for permission to waive the receipt of any
dividends paid by the Company to its stockholders.  Any waiver of dividends,  if
approved  by the OTS,  will be  subject  to  various  conditions.  There can be,
however,  no assurances  that the OTS will approve such  application  or if such
approval is obtained,  that the MHC will continue to waive dividends. In waiving
dividends,  the Board of Directors  must  conclude,  among other things,  that a
dividend  waiver by the MHC,  which permits  retention of capital by the Company
and the Bank, is in the best interest of the MHC because,  among other  reasons:
(i) the MHC has no need for the dividend for its business  operations;  (ii) the
cash that would be  received by the MHC could be invested by the Company and the
Bank at a more favorable rate of return; (iii) such waiver increases the capital
of the Company and the Bank and enhances the Bank's  business so that  customers
will  continue to have access to the offices and services of the Bank;  and (iv)
such waiver  preserves the net worth of the MHC through its principal asset (the
common stock of the Company),

                                        7





which would be available for  distribution  in the unlikely event of a voluntary
liquidation  of the  Company  and the  Bank  after  satisfaction  of  claims  of
depositors, other creditors and minority stockholders.

         If the MHC  determines  that the  waiver  of  dividends  is in the best
interest of the parties involved:

o        The MHC will make prior  application  to the OTS for  approval to waive
         any  dividends  declared  on the  capital  stock of the  Company.  Such
         application will be made on an annual basis with respect to any year in
         which the MHC intends to waive such dividends.

o        If a  waiver  is  granted,  dividends  waived  by the MHC  will  not be
         available  for  payment to minority  stockholders  and will be excluded
         from the capital  accounts of the Bank for purposes of calculating  any
         dividend payments to minority stockholders.

o        If a waiver is  granted,  the Bank will,  so long as the MHC  remains a
         mutual holding company,  establish a restricted  capital account in the
         cumulative amount of any dividends waived by the MHC for the benefit of
         the mutual members of the MHC. The restricted  capital account would be
         senior to the claims of minority  stockholders of the Company and would
         not decrease  notwithstanding  changes in depositors of the Bank.  This
         restricted capital account would be added to any liquidation account in
         the Bank  established  in  connection  with a conversion  of the MHC to
         stock form and would not be  available  for  distribution  to  minority
         stockholders.

o        In any  conversion  of the MHC from  mutual  to stock  form,  the Bank,
         Company and MHC will comply with the requirements of the OTS.

o        In the event that the OTS adopts regulations regarding dividend waivers
         by mutual holding companies, the MHC will comply  with  the  applicable
         requirements of such regulations. See "MHC Conversion to Stock Form."

         Immediately  after the  reorganization,  it is expected  that the MHC's
operations  will consist of activities  relating to its investment in a majority
of the  common  stock of the  Company  and its  initial  capitalization.  In the
future,  the MHC may accept  dividends  paid by the Company to be used for other
purposes, including purchasing common stock from time to time in the open market
or from the  Company,  if  permitted.  The Company may  establish an open market
purchase dividend reinvestment plan, pursuant to which stockholders may elect to
have cash  dividends used to purchase  additional  shares of common stock in the
open  market.  The  MHC  may  participate  in any  such  plan.  There  can be no
assurances  that the MHC will accept  dividends paid by the Company,  or if such
dividends are accepted, that the MHC will purchase shares of common stock in the
open market. Any purchases of common stock other than from the MHC will increase
the percentage of the Company's  outstanding  shares of common stock held by the
MHC and  increase  the number of shares  eligible  to be sold in any  subsequent
secondary offering or mutual to stock conversion of the MHC.

                          MHC CONVERSION TO STOCK FORM

         Following  completion  of the  reorganization,  the  MHC may  elect  to
convert to stock form in  accordance  with  applicable  federal law, if any. The
MHC's directors,  who will be the initial directors of the Bank and the Company,
have no current  plans to  convert  the MHC to stock  form.  The terms of such a
conversion  cannot be determined at this time and there is no assurance when, if
ever,  a  conversion  will  occur.  In  the  event  of  a  conversion,  minority
stockholders  will be  entitled  to exchange  their  shares of common  stock for
shares of the  converted  MHC in a manner  that is fair and  reasonable  to such
stockholders and the MHC. This will include an appropriate  downward  adjustment
in the exchange ratio

                                        8





to account for waived  dividends,  if any. See "Risk Factors - Reduced Ownership
Following MHC Conversion Due to Waived Dividends."  Moreover,  in the event that
the MHC converts to stock form in a conversion, any options or other convertible
securities  held by any trustee,  officer,  or employee of the Company,  will be
convertible  into the  right to  acquire  shares  of the  converted  MHC (or its
successor) on the same basis as outstanding common stock (pursuant to applicable
exchange ratios); provided, however, that if such shares cannot be so converted,
the holders of such options or other convertible securities shall be entitled to
receive cash equal to the fair value of such options or convertible  securities.
Any  exchange or  redemption  will be subject to the approval of the OTS and the
OTS has  made no  determination  as to the  permissibility  of any  exchange  or
redemption described in the plan of reorganization.

         Although the plan of reorganization allows for such an event, there can
be no assurances  when, if ever, a conversion will occur, or what conditions may
be imposed by the OTS. If a conversion does not occur, the MHC will always own a
majority of the common stock of the Company.

                             MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

         The Company has never issued capital stock. Consequently, there is not,
at this time,  any  market  for the  common  stock.  The  Company  has  received
preliminary  approval to have the common stock quoted on the National  Market of
the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol  "__________."  If the number of shares
of common stock sold to our non-affiliates is not at least 1.1 million,  we will
seek approval for quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.
If the  number of shares of common  stock sold to our  non-affiliates  is not at
least 1.0  million,  we will ask market  makers to seek  quotation of our common
stock on the  Nasdaq  OTC  Bulletin  Board.  One of the  conditions  for  Nasdaq
quotation  (National  Market and SmallCap  Market) is that at least three market
makers make,  or agree to make, a market in the stock.  The Company will seek to
encourage and assist at least three market makers to make a market in the common
stock.  Sandler  O'Neill  intends to make a market in the common  stock upon the
completion  of the  offering,  subject to compliance  with  applicable  laws and
regulations,  but is under no obligation to do so. While the Company anticipates
that prior to the completion of the offering it will obtain a commitment from at
least two other  broker-dealers to make a market in the common stock,  there can
be no  assurance  that there will be three or more market  makers for the common
stock.

         An active and liquid  market for the common stock may not develop or be
maintained. Accordingly,  prospective purchasers should consider the potentially
illiquid  nature of an  investment  in the common stock and  recognize  that the
absence of an  established  market  might make it  difficult  to buy or sell the
common  stock.  In the  event the  common  stock is not  listed on the  National
Market,  the  common  stock is  expected  to be quoted  and traded on either the
SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market or the OTC Bulletin Board.

         The  aggregate  price of the common stock is based upon an  independent
appraisal of the pro forma market value of the common stock. However,  there can
be no assurance that an investor will be able to sell the common stock purchased
in the  offering  at prices in the  range of the pro  forma  book  values of the
common  stock or at or above the purchase  price.  See "Pro Forma Data" and "The
Offering - Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Offered."




                                        9





                                 CAPITALIZATION

         Set forth below is the historical  capitalization,  including  deposits
and  borrowed  funds,  of the Bank as of September  30, 1998,  and the pro forma
capitalization  of the Company  after giving  effect to the shares issued to the
MHC in the  reorganization,  the sale of shares offered pursuant to the offering
and other  assumptions  set forth under "Pro Forma Data." A change in the number
of  shares  to be sold in the  offering  may  affect  materially  such pro forma
capitalization.



                                                                        Pro Forma Capitalization at September 30, 1998
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                         Maximum,
                                                                      Minimum           Midpoint           Maximum     as adjusted
                                                                     1,737,825          2,044,500         2,351,175     2,703,851
                                                    Actual, at       Shares at          Shares at         Shares at     Shares at
                                                   September 30,    $10.00 per         $10.00 per        $10.00 per     $10.00 per
                                                       1998            share              share             share        share(1)
                                                 ---------------- ---------------   ----------------   ------------- ------------
                                                                                     (In thousands)
                                                                                                              
Deposits(2)...................................       $352,180       $352,180           $352,180          $352,180        $352,180
Borrowed funds................................         21,000         21,000             21,000            21,000          21,000
                                                      -------        -------            -------           -------         -------
Total deposits and borrowed funds.............       $373,180       $373,180           $373,180          $373,180        $373,180
                                                      =======        =======            =======           =======         =======
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, 2,000,000
  shares authorized; none to be issued........       $     --       $     --           $     --          $     --        $     --

 Common stock, $0.10 par value, 8,000,000
    shares authorized, assuming shares
    outstanding as shown(3)...................             --            370                435               500             575
Additional paid-in capital(3)(4)..............             --         15,805             18,785            21,766          25,193
Retained earnings.............................         35,887         35,887             35,887            35,887          35,887
Unrealized gain on securities available
  for sale, net...............................            220            220                220               220             220
Less:
  Common stock acquired by ESOP(5)............             --         (1,390)            (1,636)           (1,881)         (2,163)
  Common stock acquired by
    stock programs(6).........................             --           (695)              (818)             (940)         (1,082)
                                                      -------       --------            -------          --------      ----------
Total equity/stockholders' equity.............       $ 36,107       $ 50,197           $ 52,873          $ 55,552     $    58,630
                                                      =======       ========           ========          ========      ==========


- ------------------
(1)  As adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase in the number of shares  which
     could  occur  due  to  an  increase  in  the  independent  valuation  and a
     commensurate increase in the offering range of up to 15% to reflect changes
     in market and financial conditions.
(2)  Does not reflect  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  for the purchase of
     common  stock in the  offering.  Such  withdrawals  would  reduce pro forma
     deposits by the amount of such withdrawals.
(3)  No effect has been given to the  issuance  of  additional  shares of common
     stock pursuant to any stock option plans that may be adopted by the Company
     and the Bank and presented for approval by the minority  stockholders after
     the offering.  An amount equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in
     the offering would be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options to
     be granted  under the stock  option  plans  within one year  following  the
     reorganization.  See "Risk Factors - Expenses  Associated with the ESOP and
     Stock  Benefit  Plans" and  "Management  - Potential  Stock Benefit Plans -
     Stock Options Plans."
(4)  The  reduction  in  additional  paid in  capital of the Bank  reflects  the
     retention  by  the  MHC  of  up  to  $200,000  upon   consummation  of  the
     reorganization.
(5)  Assumes that 8.0% of the shares sold in the  offering  will be purchased by
     the ESOP,  and that the  funds  used to  acquire  the ESOP  shares  will be
     borrowed  from the  Company.  For an  estimate of the impact of the loan on
     earnings,  see  "Pro  Forma  Data."  The  Bank  intends  to make  scheduled
     discretionary  contributions  to the ESOP  sufficient to enable the ESOP to
     service and repay its debt over a ten year period.  The amount of shares to
     be  acquired  by the ESOP is  reflected  as a  reduction  of  stockholders'
     equity. See "Management - Executive Compensation - Employee Stock Ownership
     Plan." If the ESOP is unable to purchase common stock in the reorganization
     due to an oversubscription in the offering by Eligible Account Holders, and
     the purchase  price in the open market is greater than the original  $10.00
     price per share,  there will be a corresponding  reduction in stockholders'
     equity.
(6)  Assumes  that an amount  equal to 4% of the shares of common  stock sold in
     the offering is purchased by stock  programs  within one year following the
     reorganization.  The  common  stock  purchased  by the  stock  programs  is
     reflected  as a reduction  of  stockholders'  equity.  See "Risk  Factors -
     Expenses  Associated with the ESOP and Stock Benefit Plans" and "Management
     - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Programs."

                                       10





                                 PRO FORMA DATA

         The actual net  proceeds  from the sale of the common  stock  cannot be
determined until the offering is completed. However, net proceeds to the Company
are currently  estimated to be between $16.2 million and $22.3 million (or $25.8
million in the event the  independent  valuation is increased by 15%) based upon
the following assumptions:  (i) an amount equal to 4% of the shares offered will
be awarded  pursuant to the stock programs (which will be adopted no sooner than
six months following the offering),  funded through open market purchases;  (ii)
Sandler O'Neill will receive an advisory and marketing fee equal to 0.75% of the
aggregate  purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offerings to
the public,  excluding any shares  purchased by any employee benefit plan of the
Bank,  and any  director,  officer or  employee  of the Bank or members of their
immediate  families;  and (iii) other fixed expenses incurred in connection with
the offering are estimated to be $893,000.  As part of the  reorganization,  the
MHC will be  capitalized  at  $200,000,  which will result in a reduction of the
Company's assets and equity by the same amount.

         Pro forma earnings have been  calculated  assuming the common stock had
been sold at the  beginning of the period and the net proceeds had been invested
at an  average  yield of 4.40% for the year  ended  September  30,  1998,  which
approximates  the yield on a one-year U.S.  Treasury bill on September 30, 1998.
The yield on a one-year U.S. Treasury bill, rather than an arithmetic average of
the average yield on interest-earning  assets and average rate paid on deposits,
has been used to estimate income on net proceeds because it is believed that the
one-year U.S.  Treasury  bill rate is a more accurate  estimate of the rate that
would be obtained on an investment  of net proceeds  from the offering.  The pro
forma  after-tax  yield is assumed to be 2.75% for the year ended  September 30,
1998,  based on an effective tax rate of 37.5%.  The effect of withdrawals  from
deposit  accounts  for the  purchase  of common  stock  has not been  reflected.
Historical  and pro forma per share  amounts  have been  calculated  by dividing
historical  and pro forma  amounts by the  indicated  number of shares of common
stock,  as adjusted  (in the case of pro forma net  earnings  per share) to give
effect to the  purchase of shares by the ESOP.  Pro forma  stockholders'  equity
amounts have been  calculated  as if the common stock had been sold on September
30,  1998 and,  accordingly,  no effect has been given to the  assumed  earnings
effect of the transactions.

         The following pro forma  information may not be  representative  of the
financial  effects  of the  foregoing  transactions  at the dates on which  such
transactions  actually  occur and  should not be taken as  indicative  of future
results of operations.  Pro forma consolidated  stockholders'  equity represents
the difference between the stated amount of consolidated  assets and liabilities
of the  Company  computed  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  ("GAAP").  The pro forma  stockholders'  equity is not  intended  to
represent  the fair  market  value of the common  stock and may be greater  than
amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders in the event of
liquidation.

         The  following  tables  summarize  historical  data of the Bank and pro
forma data of the Company at or for the year ended September 30, 1998,  based on
the  assumptions  set forth  above and in the tables and should not be used as a
basis  for  projections  of  market  value of the  common  stock  following  the
reorganization.  No effect has been given in the tables to the possible issuance
of  additional  common stock  reserved for future  issuance  pursuant to a stock
option plan that may be adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company  within
one year  following the  reorganization,  nor does book value give any effect to
the liquidation  account to be established  for the benefit of Eligible  Account
Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders or the bad debt reserve in
liquidation.  See "The  Reorganization - Effects of Reorganization - Liquidation
Rights" and "Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Option Plans."

                                       11




                                                           At or For the Year Ended September 30, 1998
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------

                                                     $36,975,000     $43,500,000     $50,025,000     $57,528,750
                                                     Independent     Independent     Independent     Independent
                                                     Valuation       Valuation       Valuation        Valuation
                                                     ---------       ---------       ---------        ---------

                                                     1,737,825       2,044,500       2,351,175         2,703,851
                                                       Shares          Shares          Shares            Shares
                                                       ------          ------          ------            ------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                                                               
Gross proceeds ..................................   $    17,378     $    20,445     $    23,512     $    27,039
Less expenses ...................................        (1,003)         (1,025)         (1,046)         (1,070)
Less capital to MHC .............................          (200)           (200)           (200)           (200)
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Estimated net proceeds .......................        16,175          19,220          22,266          25,769
Less ESOP funded by the Company .................        (1,390)         (1,636)         (1,881)         (2,163)
Less stock programs adjustment ..................          (695)           (818)           (940)         (1,082)
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Estimated investable net proceeds ............   $    14,090     $    16,766     $    19,445     $    22,524
                                                    ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Net Income:
   Historical ...................................   $     2,385     $     2,385     $     2,385     $     2,385
   Pro forma income on net proceeds .............           387             461             535             619
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1) ................           (87)           (102)           (118)           (135)
   Pro forma stock programs adjustment(2) .......           (87)           (102)           (118)           (135)
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Pro forma net income(1)(3)(4) ................   $     2,598     $     2,642     $     2,684     $     2,734
                                                    ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Per share net income
   Historical ...................................   $      0.67     $      0.57     $      0.49     $      0.43
   Pro forma income on net proceeds .............          0.11            0.11            0.11            0.11
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1) ................         (0.02)          (0.02)          (0.02)          (0.02)
   Pro forma stock programs adjustment(2) .......         (0.02)          (0.02)          (0.02)          (0.02)
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Pro forma net income per share(1)(3)(4) ......   $      0.73     $      0.63     $      0.56     $      0.49
                                                    ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Shares used in calculation of income per share(1)     3,572,377       4,202,796       4,833,215       5,558,198
Stockholders' equity:
   Historical ...................................   $    36,107     $    36,107     $    36,107     $    36,107
   Estimated net proceeds .......................        16,175          19,220          22,266          25,769
   Less: Common Stock acquired by the ESOP(1) ...        (1,390)         (1,636)         (1,881)         (2,163)
   Less: Common stock acquired by stock
         programs(2) ............................          (695)           (818)           (940)         (1,082)
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Pro forma stockholders' equity(1)(3)(4) ......   $    50,197     $    52,873     $    55,552     $    58,631
                                                    ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Stockholders' equity per share:
   Historical ...................................   $      9.77     $      8.30     $      7.22     $      6.28
   Estimated net proceeds .......................          4.37            4.42            4.45            4.48
   Less: Common Stock acquired ESOP(1) ..........         (0.38)          (0.38)          (0.38)          (0.38)
   Less: Common Stock acquired by stock
         programs(2) ............................         (0.19)          (0.19)          (0.19)          (0.19)
                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Pro forma stockholders' equity per share(4) ..   $     13.58     $     12.15     $     11.10     $     10.19
                                                    ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma
  stockholders' equity per share ................         73.66%          82.27%          90.05%          98.12%
                                                    ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Offering price to pro forma
  net income per share ..........................         13.75X          15.91X          18.01X          20.33X
                                                    ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========

Shares used in calculation of book value/share ..     3,697,500       4,350,000       5,002,500       5,752,875



- ---------------------
(1)  Assumes that 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering  will be
     purchased by the ESOP and that the ESOP will borrow funds from the Company.
     The common  stock  acquired  by the ESOP is  reflected  as a  reduction  of
     stockholder's  equity. The Bank intends to make annual contributions to the
     ESOP in an amount at least equal to the principal and interest  requirement
     of the  loan.  This  table  assumes  a 10  year  amortization  period.  See
     "Management - Executive Compensation - Employee Stock Ownership

                                       12



     Plan." The pro forma net earnings assumes: (i) that the Bank's contribution
     to the ESOP for the principal  portion of the debt service  requirement for
     the year ended September 30, 1998 were made at the end of the period;  (ii)
     that 13,903,  16,356,  18,809, and 21,631 shares at the minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum,  and 15%  above  the  maximum  of the  range,  respectively,  were
     committed  to be released  during the year ended  September  30, 1998 at an
     average fair value of $10.00 per share and were  accounted  for as a charge
     to expense in accordance  with Statement of Position  ("SOP") No. 93-6; and
     (iii)  only  the ESOP  shares  committed  to be  released  were  considered
     outstanding for purposes of the net earnings per share calculations,  while
     all  ESOP  shares  were   considered   outstanding   for  purposes  of  the
     stockholders'  equity  per share  calculations.  See also  "Risk  Factors -
     Expenses Associated with the ESOP and Stock Benefit Plans' for a discussion
     of possible added costs for the ESOP.

(2)  Gives  effect  to the  stock  programs  that  may be  adopted  by the  Bank
     following  the  reorganization  and  presented for approval at a meeting of
     stockholders   to  be  held  within  one  year  after   completion  of  the
     reorganization. If the stock programs are approved by the stockholders, the
     stock programs would be expected to acquire an amount of common stock equal
     to 4% of the  shares of  common  stock  sold in the  offering,  or  69,513,
     81,780,  94,047,  and 108,154  shares of common stock  respectively  at the
     minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the maximum of the range through
     open market  purchases.  Funds used by the stock  programs to purchase  the
     shares  will  be  contributed  to  the  stock  programs  by  the  Bank.  In
     calculating the pro forma effect of the stock programs,  it is assumed that
     the required stockholder  approval has been received,  that the shares were
     acquired by the stock programs at the beginning of the year ended September
     30, 1998 through open market  purchases,  at $10.00 per share, and that 20%
     of the amount  contributed  was amortized to expense  during the year ended
     September 30, 1998. There can be no assurance that stockholder  approval of
     the stock  programs will be obtained,  or the actual  purchase price of the
     shares will be equal to $10.00 per share. See "Management - Potential Stock
     Benefit Plans - Stock Programs."

(3)  The  retained  earnings  of the  Company  and the Bank will  continue to be
     substantially  restricted after the reorganization.  See "Dividend Policy,"
     "The  Reorganization - Effects of Reorganization - Liquidation  Rights" and
     "Regulation  -  Regulation  of  the  Bank -  Dividends  and  Other  Capital
     Distribution Limitations."

(4)  No effect has been given to the  issuance  of  additional  shares of common
     stock  pursuant to the stock  option  plans that may be adopted by the Bank
     following  the  reorganization  which,  in  turn,  would be  presented  for
     approval at a meeting of  stockholders to be held within one year after the
     completion of the  reorganization.  If the stock option plans are presented
     and  approved by  stockholders,  an amount equal to 10% of the common stock
     sold in the offering, or 173,782,  204,450,  235,117, and 270,385 shares at
     the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum  and 15% above the  maximum of the range,
     respectively,  will be reserved  for future  issuance  upon the exercise of
     options to be granted under the stock option plans.  The issuance of common
     stock pursuant to the exercise of options under the stock option plans will
     result  in the  dilution  of  existing  stockholders'  interests.  Assuming
     stockholder  approval  of the stock  option  plans and the  exercise of all
     options at the end of the period at an exercise  price of $10.00 per share,
     the pro forma net  earnings  per share would be $0.71,  $0.61,  $0.54,  and
     $0.48,  respectively  at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the
     maximum  of the range for the year  ended  September  30,  1998;  pro forma
     stockholders' equity per share would be $13.42,  $12.06, $11.06 and $10.18,
     respectively at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of
     the  range  for the year  ended  September  30,  1998.  See  "Management  -
     Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Option Plans."


                                       13



                   HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

         The  following  table  presents  the  Bank's  historical  and pro forma
capital position relative to its capital  requirements as of September 30, 1998.
For  a  discussion  of  the   assumptions   underlying  the  pro  forma  capital
calculations  presented below, see "Use of Proceeds,"  "Capitalization" and "Pro
Forma Data." The  definitions  of the terms used in the table are those provided
in the capital  regulations  issued by the OTS. For a discussion  of the capital
standards  applicable  to the Bank,  see  "Regulation - Regulation of the Bank -
Regulatory Capital Requirements."




                                                                   Pro Forma at September 30, 1998
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           Actual, at             $17,378,250        $20,445,000             $23,511,750             $27,038,510
                       September 30, 1998          Offering            Offering               Offering               Offering(1)
                      -------------------   --------------------- -----------------------  ------------------   --------------------
                              
                              Percentage             Percentage               Percentage           Percentage            Percentage
                       Amount of Assets(2)   Amount  of Assets(2)    Amount  of Assets(2)  Amount of Assets(2)   Amount of Assets(2)
                       ------ ------------   ------  ------------    ------  ------------  -------------------   ------ ------------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                                
GAAP Capital(3)...... $36,107   8.6%        $ 44,194     10.3%    $  45,717      10.7%    $47,240     11.0%     $ 48,991     11.3%
                       ======   ===         ========   ======        ======    ======      ======   ======      ========   ======

Tangible Capital:
  Actual or 
   Pro Forma......... $35,887   8.6%        $ 43,974     10.3%    $  45,497      10.6%   $ 47,020     10.9%     $ 48,771     11.3%
  Required...........   6,286   1.5            6,407      1.5         6,430       1.5       6,453      1.5         6,479      1.5
                       ------   ---         --------    -----       -------     -----     -------   ------      --------    -----
  Excess............. $29,601   7.1%        $ 37,568      8.8%    $  39,067       9.1%   $ 40,567      9.4%     $ 42,292      9.8%
                       ======   ===         ========    =====       =======     =====     =======   ======      ========    =====

Core Capital:
  Actual or 
    Pro Forma........ $35,887   8.6%        $ 43,974     10.3%      $45,497      10.6%   $ 47,020     10.9%     $ 48,771     11.3%
  Required(4)........  16,762   4.0           17,085      4.0        17,146       4.0      17,207      4.0        17,277      4.0
                       ------   ---          -------    -----      --------     -----     -------    -----      --------    -----
  Excess............. $19,125   4.6%        $ 26,889      6.3%    $  28,351       6.6%   $ 29,813      6.9%     $ 31,494      7.3%
                       ======   ===          =======    =====      ========     =====     =======    =====      ========    =====

Risk-Based Capital:
  Actual or
    Pro Forma(5)(6).. $38,451  15.5%        $ 46,538     18.5%    $  48,061      19.1%   $ 49,584     19.6%     $ 51,335     20.2%
  Required...........  19,795   8.0           20,119      8.0        20,180       8.0      20,241      8.0        20,311      8.0
                       ------  ----          -------    -----       -------     -----     -------    -----       -------    -----
  Excess............. $18,656   7.5%        $ 26,420     10.5%    $  27,882      11.1%   $ 29,343     11.6%     $ 31,025     12.2%
                       ======  ====          =======    =====      ========     =====     =======    =====       =======    =====


- -----------------
(1)  As adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase in the number of shares  which
     could  occur due to an  increase  in the  Offering  Range of up to 15% as a
     result of  regulatory  considerations  or  changes  in  market  or  general
     financial  and  economic  conditions  following  the  commencement  of  the
     Subscription and Community Offerings.
(2)  Tangible capital levels are shown as a percentage of tangible assets.  Core
     capital  levels  are  shown  as a  percentage  of  total  adjusted  assets.
     Risk-based  capital  levels  are  shown as a  percentage  of  risk-weighted
     assets.
(3)  GAAP Capital  includes  unrealized gain on  available-for-sale  securities,
     net, which is not included as regulatory capital.
(4)  The current OTS core capital requirement for savings  associations is 3% of
     total adjusted assets. The OTS has proposed core capital requirements which
     would  require a core  capital  ratio of 3% of total  adjusted  assets  for
     thrifts  that  receive  the  highest  supervisory  rating  for  safety  and
     soundness  and a 4% to 5% core  capital  ratio  requirement  for all  other
     thrifts.  See  "Regulations  - Regulation  of the  Bank-Regulatory  Capital
     Requirements.
(5)  Assumes net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 50% risk-weighting
(6)  The difference between equity under GAAP and regulatory  risk-based capital
     is  attributable  to the  addition of the general  valuation  allowance  of
     $2,564,000 at September 30, 1998,  and the  subtraction  of the  unrealized
     gain on available-for-sale securities, net of $220,000.

                                       14





                              FIRST FEDERAL FLORIDA
                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

         The  Statements  of  Earnings  of the Bank for each of the years in the
three  year  period  ended  September  30,  1998 have been  audited by KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP,  independent  certified  public  accountants,  whose report thereon
appears elsewhere in the prospectus. These Statements of Earnings should be read
in conjunction with the Financial  Statements and Notes thereto and Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.



                                                                              Years ended September 30,
                                                                      ---------------------------------------------
                                                                          1998            1997            1996
                                                                      -------------   -------------    ------------
                                                                                      (In thousands)
                                                                                                      
Interest income:
    Interest and fees on loans                                         $    26,992          27,655          23,346   
    Interest and dividends on investment securities
      available for sale and held to maturity                                3,906           5,513           7,617   
    Other interest income                                                      994             622             731   
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
                 Total interest income                                      31,892          33,790          31,694   
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
Interest expense:
    Interest on deposits                                                    18,831          19,702          18,961   
    Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                135             --              --    
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
                 Total interest expense                                     18,966          19,702          18,961   
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
                 Net interest income before loan loss provision             12,926          14,088          12,733   
Provision for loan losses                                                      405             317             600   
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
                 Net interest income                                        12,521          13,771          12,133   
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
Other income:
    Fees and service charges                                                 1,607           1,455           1,301   
    Gain (loss) on sale of loans and investments available for sale            117             114             170   
    Gain on sale of branches                                                 3,016             --              --    
    Other, net                                                                 221               6              75   
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
                 Total other income                                          4,961           1,575           1,546   
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
Other expenses:
    Compensation and employee benefits                                       6,323           5,863           5,288   
    Other compensation and employee benefits                                 2,085             --              --    
    Occupancy and equipment costs                                            1,818           1,646           1,453   
    Marketing                                                                  495             488             471   
    Data processing costs                                                      558             479             443   
    Federal insurance premiums                                                 338             456           1,003   
    Savings Association Insurance Fund special assessment                      --              --            2,513   
    Real estate operations, net                                                180              22              39   
    Other                                                                    2,149           2,566           2,172   
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
                 Total other expenses                                       13,946          11,520          13,382   
                                                                         -------------   -------------    ------------
                 Income before income taxes                                  3,536           3,826             297   
Income tax expense                                                           1,151           1,299              44   
                                                                         =============   =============    ============
                 Net income                                            $     2,385           2,527             253   
                                                                         =============   =============    ============


                                       15

See accompanying notes to financial  statements  beginning on page F-6 which are
an integral part of these statements.





                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


General

         Management's  discussion and analysis of the Bank's financial condition
and results of operations is intended to provide assistance and understanding of
the Bank's  financial  condition and results of operations.  The  information in
this  section  should be read  with the  financial  statements  and the notes to
financial statements beginning at page F-___.

         The Bank's  results of operations  are  primarily  dependent on its net
interest income.  Net interest income is a function of the balances of loans and
investments  outstanding in any one period,  the yields earned on such loans and
investments  and the  interest  paid on deposits  and  borrowed  funds that were
outstanding  in  that  same  period.  The  Bank's  noninterest  income  consists
primarily  of  fees  and  service   charges.   The  results  of  operations  are
significantly  impacted by the amount of provisions  for loan losses  which,  in
turn, are dependent  upon,  among other things,  the size and makeup of the loan
portfolio,  loan  quality and loan  trends.  The  noninterest  expenses  consist
primarily  of  employee  compensation  and  benefits,  occupancy  and  equipment
expenses, data processing costs, marketing costs,  professional fees and federal
deposit  insurance  premiums.  The Bank's  results of operations are affected by
general  economic and competitive  conditions,  including  changes in prevailing
interest rates and the policies of regulatory agencies.

Business Strategy

         The Bank's business strategy has been to operate as a  well-capitalized
independent  community  savings bank dedicated to providing  quality  service at
competitive prices. Generally, the Bank has sought to implement this strategy by
maintaining  a  substantial  part of its  assets  in  loans  secured  by one- to
four-family  residential real estate located in the Bank's market area, consumer
loans,  home equity loans,  mortgage-backed  securities and U.S.  Government and
agency obligations.

         While management intends to continue emphasizing these objectives,  the
additional capital will allow the Bank to modify the existing operating strategy
in order to achieve  greater growth and  profitability.  Specifically,  the Bank
intends to: (i) increase its  percentage  of commercial  and consumer  loans and
commercial deposit accounts, among other products; (ii) expand within the Bank's
existing  market  area  through  its branch  network and through its lending and
deposit taking  services;  and (iii) invest in appropriate  technology that will
enable the Bank to serve its  customers  effectively.  By seeking to broaden the
range of its products and services offered, the Bank believes it will offset the
declining margins in the competitive market for one- to four-family  residential
mortgage loans.



                                       16





Highlights of the Bank's business strategy are as follows:

         Community-Oriented  Institution.  Based  on total  assets,  Bank is the
largest independent financial institution headquartered in Polk County, Florida.
The Bank is committed to meeting the financial needs of the communities in which
it operates. Management believes that the Bank is large enough to provide a full
range of personal and business  financial  services,  and yet is small enough to
provide  such  services  in a  personalized  and  efficient  manner.  Management
believes that the Bank can be more  effective in servicing  its  customers  than
many of its non-local  competitors  because of the Bank's ability to quickly and
effectively provide senior management responses to customer needs and inquiries.
The Bank  intends  to  maintain  its  community  orientation  by  continuing  to
emphasize  traditional  deposit  and  loan  products,   primarily  single-family
residential mortgages.  The Bank has recently added several convenience services
to enhance its  capabilities  as a full service  community  bank,  including the
issuance  of debit  cards and  placing  ATMs at five of its  branches.  The Bank
expects  that,  by the end of 1999,  all of its branches  will be equipped  with
ATMs. A complete  analysis of the Bank's product and services  offerings will be
made in 1999 with the focus to deliver the products  and services  that meet the
needs  of its  customers,  including  internet  banking  and  telephone  banking
services.

         Market Focus.  During 1997,  management of the Bank developed a product
and branch  profitability  model to analyze its operations.  Based on the Bank's
strategic  analyses  and  other  discussions   relative  to  future  growth  and
utilization of capital,  the Bank entered into an agreement in October 1997 with
another financial institution to sell certain branches and related deposits. The
five branches sold were referred to as the Bank's Tri-County Region (the "Branch
Sale").  The branches were not contiguous to the Bank's main market area, having
been  acquired from a troubled  financial  institution  in the early 1980's.  In
addition, the growth projections for the area were below the projected growth in
Polk  and  Manatee  Counties.  The  Bank  believed  its  capital  could  be more
effectively utilized in Polk and Manatee Counties.

         The Branch Sale resulted in the sale of $55.3 million in deposits.  The
Bank  transferred  loans  totaling  $45.1 million that included the consumer and
mortgage  loans from the region and certain  mortgage  loans from Polk County to
satisfy the deposit  sale.  The Bank  realized a $3.0 million gain on the Branch
Sale.

         Commercial  Banking.  The Bank is  expanding  its lending  programs for
commercial  business and commercial  real estate loans in an effort to satisfy a
perceived need within its market area and increase its loan portfolio. Also, the
Bank's  diversification  efforts to become a full  service  community  bank will
place a greater  emphasis on providing  products and services to meet the credit
and checking needs of small to medium sized businesses.

         In 1998, the Bank hired a senior commercial loan officer to head up its
lending and credit activities. Two additional commercial loan staff members were
added to  support  the Bank's  increased  activities  in this  area.  To further
enhance its transition to a full service  community bank, the Bank plans to hire
additional  personnel  experienced  in commercial  lending and will increase its
marketing efforts on smaller businesses operating in the Bank's market areas.

         Residential  Mortgage  Lending.  Since  its  inception,  the  Bank  has
originated mortgage loans and held most of the loans in its loan portfolio.  The
Bank has emphasized  and will continue to emphasize the  origination of mortgage
loans  secured  by one- to  four-family  residential  properties  located in its
market areas.  Such mortgage  loans  generally  have less credit risk than loans
collateralized by multi-family or commercial real estate. At September 30, 1998,
one- to four-family residential mortgage loans

                                       17





totaled $272.0 million,  or 75.9% of the Bank's loan portfolio.  Generally,  the
yield  on  mortgage  loans  originated  by the  Bank  is  greater  than  that of
mortgage-backed securities purchased by the Bank.

         The Bank is the top  residential  construction  lender in Polk  County.
Although  the  Bank  makes  residential  mortgage  loans to  local  builders  to
construct  houses that are not pre-sold,  the large majority of the construction
loans are made to  individual  borrowers  that  have  contracted  to have  their
permanent  residence built. These construction loans are modified into permanent
loans  upon  completion  of  construction  and have less  credit  risk since the
borrower has  previously  been qualified for the permanent loan under the Bank's
customary underwriting criteria.  Construction loans made to a builder carry the
extra risk of ultimate sale of the completed house to a qualified borrower.  The
Bank  minimizes  its risk on  construction  loans made  directly  to builders by
limiting  the  number of  non-pre-sold  houses  it  finances  to any  individual
builder.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

         The Bank's  earnings  have  historically  depended  primarily  upon the
Bank's net interest  income,  which is the difference  between  interest  income
earned on its loans and  investments  ("interest-earning  assets")  and interest
paid on its deposits and any borrowed  funds  ("interest-bearing  liabilities").
Net interest income is affected by (i) the difference  between rates of interest
earned  on  the   Bank's   interest-earning   assets   and  rates  paid  on  its
interest-bearing  liabilities  ("interest  rate  spread")  and (ii) the relative
amounts of its interest-earnings assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

                                       18





         Average   Balance  Sheet.   The  following  table  sets  forth  certain
information relating to the Bank's average balance sheet, the interest earned on
interest-earning assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities and the average
yields  earned and rates paid on such  assets and  liabilities  for the  periods
indicated.  Such yields and costs are  derived by dividing  income or expense by
the  average  balance of assets or  liabilities,  respectively,  for the periods
presented.  Similar  information  is provided as of September 30, 1998.  Average
balances are derived from month-end  balances.  Management does not believe that
the use of month-end  balances  instead of daily average balances has caused any
material differences in the information presented.



                                                                             Year Ended September 30,   
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           At September 30, 1998            1998                        1997                       1996
                           ---------------------  ------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------
                                                                   Average                      Average                      Average
                                          Yield/  Average           Yield/   Average             Yield/  Average             Yield/
                               Balance    Cost    Balance Interest  Cost    Balance   Interest   Cost    Balance   Interest   Cost
                               -------    ----    ------- -------- -------- -------   -------- --------- -------   --------  -------
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                               
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable(1).......    $341,192    7.91%  $339,218 $26,992   7.96%   $339,992  $27,655    8.13%  $288,901   $23,346    8.08%
 Investment securities 
   and other(2)............      67,905    5.85%    85,594   4,900   5.72      98,836    6,135    6.21    131,145     8,348    6.37
                                -------            -------  ------            -------   ------            -------    ------
  Total interest-
    earning assets.........     409,097    7.60%   424,812 $31,892   7.51     438,828  $33,790    7.70    420,046   $31,694    7.55
                                                            ======                      ======                       ======
Non-interest-earning 
  assets...................       9,944             12,557                     13,640                      11,434
                                -------             ------                    -------                      ------
  Total assets.............    $419,041           $437,369                   $452,468                    $431,480
                                =======            =======                    =======                     =======

Interest-bearing 
liabilities:
 Checking accounts.........     $24,456    1.80%  $ 25,177 $   469   1.86    $ 24,343  $   607    2.49   $ 21,276   $   539    2.53
 Savings accounts..........      37,758    1.75%    41,456     859   2.07      48,155    1,204    2.50     49,396     1,235    2.50
 Money market accounts.....      18,091    3.97%    15,356     582   3.79      11,767      351    2.98     12,259       333    2.72
 Certificates of deposit...     261,382    5.53%   301,093  16,921   5.62     321,938   17,540    5.45    306,256    16,854    5.50
 FHLB advances.............      21,000    5.12%     3,539     135   5.10          --       --      --         --        --      --
                                -------            ------- -------         ---------- --------           --------  --------
  Total interest-
    bearing liabilities....     362,687    4.65%   386,621 $18,966   4.78     406,203  $19,702    4.74    389,187   $18,961    4.79
                                                            ======                      ======                       ======
Non-interest-
  bearing liabilities(3)...      20,247             14,354                     13,478                      10,336
                                -------            -------                    -------                     -------
 Total liabilities.........     382,934            400,975                    419,681                     399,523
Equity.....................      36,107             36,394                     32,787                      31,957
                                -------             ------                    -------                     -------
 Total liabilities 
   and equity..............    $419,041           $437,369                   $452,468                    $431,480
                                =======            =======                    =======                     =======

Net interest income........                                $12,926                     $14,088                      $12,733
                                                            ======                      ======                       ======
Interest rate spread(4)....                2.95%                     2.73%                        2.96%                        2.76%
                                          =====                    ======                       ======                       ======
Net margin on interest-
  earning assets(5)........                3.37%                     3.02%                        3.21%                        3.03%
                                          =====                    ======                       ======                       ======
Ratio of average 
 interest-earning
 assets to average 
 interest-bearing
 liabilities...............                 113%                      110%                         108%                         108%
                                            ===                       ===                          ===                          ===


- --------------------------------
(1)  Average balances include non-accrual loans.
(2)  Investment  securities includes both securities that are available for sale
     and held to maturity. Includes interest-bearing deposits in other financial
     institutions.
(3)  Includes non-interesting-bearing checking accounts.
(4)  Interest-rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
     interest-earning   assets  and  the   average   cost  of   interest-bearing
     liabilities and the Bank's investment in FHLB stock.
(5)  Net margin on  interest-earning  assets represents net interest income as a
     percentage of average interest-earning assets.

                                       19







         Rate/Volume Analysis.  The relationship between the volume and rates of
the Bank's interest-bearing  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities influences
the Bank's net interest income.  The following table reflects the sensitivity of
the  Bank's  interest  income and  interest  expense to changes in volume and in
prevailing  interest  rates.  Each category  reflects the: (1) changes in volume
(changes in volume multiplied by old rate); (2) changes in rate (changes in rate
multiplied by old volume);  and (3) net change.  The net change  attributable to
the combined impact of volume and rate has been allocated  proportionally to the
absolute dollar amounts of change in each.



                                               Year Ended September 30,       Year Ended September 30,
                                          ------------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                1998     vs.     1997           1997     vs.     1996
                                          ------------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                Increase (Decrease)             Increase (Decrease)
                                                      Due to                         Due to
                                          ------------------------------  -----------------------------

                                            Volume     Rate        Net      Volume      Rate       Net
                                            ------     ----        ---      ------      ----       ---
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                  
Interest income:
 Loans receivable .....................   $   (65)   $  (557)   $  (622)   $ 4,165    $   145    $ 4,310
 Investment securities and other ......      (780)      (496)    (1,276)    (2,009)      (205)    (2,214)
                                          -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
  Total interest-earning assets .......   $  (845)   $(1,053)   $(1,898)   $ 2,156    $   (60)   $ 2,096
                                          =======    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======

Interest expense:
Checking accounts .....................   $    24    $  (162)   $  (138)   $   109    $   (41)   $    68
Savings accounts ......................      (156)      (189)      (345)       (31)      --          (31)
Money market accounts .................       122        109        231        (13)        31         18
Certificates of deposit ...............    (1,156)       537       (619)       842       (156)       686
 Other liabilities ....................       135       --          135       --         --         --
                                          -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
   Total interest-bearing liabilities .   $(1,031)   $   295    $  (736)   $   907    $  (166)   $   741
                                          =======    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======

Net change in interest income .........   $   186    $(1,348)   $(1,162)   $ 1,249    $   106    $ 1,355
                                          =======    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======





                                       20





Management of Interest Rate Risk and Market Risk

         Because the majority of the Bank's assets and liabilities are sensitive
to changes in interest rates, the Bank's most significant form of market risk is
interest  rate  risk.  The Bank,  like many  other  financial  institutions,  is
vulnerable to an increase in interest rates to the extent that  interest-bearing
liabilities  generally  mature or reprice  more  rapidly  than  interest-earning
assets.  The lending  activities of the Bank have  historically  emphasized  the
origination of long-term,  fixed rate loans secured by single-family residences,
and the primary  source of funds has been  deposits with  substantially  shorter
maturities.   While  having  interest-bearing   liabilities  that  reprice  more
frequently than interest-earning  assets is generally beneficial to net interest
income  during a period of declining  interest  rates,  such an  asset/liability
mismatch is generally detrimental during periods of rising interest rates.

         The Board of Directors has  established  an  asset/liability  committee
which consists of the Bank's  president and senior bank officers.  The committee
meets on a monthly  basis to review  loan and  deposit  pricing  and  production
volumes,  interest rate risk  analysis,  liquidity and  borrowing  needs,  and a
variety of other assets and liability management topics.

         To reduce the effect of interest  rate changes on net  interest  income
the Bank has  adopted  various  strategies  to enable it to improve  matching of
interest-earning asset maturities to interest-bearing  liability maturities. The
principal elements of these strategies include:  (a) the Bank seeks to originate
commercial and consumer loans with  adjustable rate features or fixed rate loans
with short  maturities;  (b) the Bank seeks to lengthen  the  maturities  of its
liabilities  when deemed cost  effective  through the pricing and  promotion  of
certificates of deposit and utilization of FHLB advances;  (c) the Bank seeks to
attract  low  cost  checking  and  transaction  accounts  which  tend to be less
interest rate sensitive  when interest rates rise; and (d) the Bank seeks,  when
market conditions permit, to originate and hold in its portfolio adjustable rate
loans which have annual  interest rate  adjustments.  The Bank also maintains an
investment  portfolio  that  provides  a stable  cash  flow,  thereby  providing
investable funds in varying interest rate cycles.

         The Bank has also made a  significant  effort to maintain  its level of
lower cost  deposits as a method of enhancing  profitability.  At September  30,
1998,  the Bank had 25.6% of its  deposits in low-cost  passbook,  checking  and
money market accounts.  These deposits have  traditionally  remained  relatively
stable and would be  expected  to be  moderately  affected in a period of rising
interest rates.  Because of this relative stability in a significant  portion of
its  deposits,  the Bank has been able to offset the  impact of rising  rates in
other deposit accounts.

         Exposure to interest rate risk is actively monitored by management. The
Bank's  objective  is to maintain a  consistent  level of  profitability  within
acceptable  risk  tolerances  across a broad range of  potential  interest  rate
environments. The Bank uses the OTS Net Portfolio Value ("NPV") Model to monitor
its exposure to interest rate risk,  which  calculates  changes in net portfolio
value.  Reports  generated from assumptions  provided and modified by management
are reviewed by the  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee  and reported to the
Board of Directors  quarterly.  The Interest Rate  Sensitivity  of Net Portfolio
Value  Report  shows  the  degree  to which  balance  sheet  line  items and net
portfolio value are potentially affected by a 100 to 400 basis point (1/100th of
a percentage  point) upward and downward  parallel shift (shock) in the Treasury
yield curve.

         The following  table  presents the Bank's NPV as of September 30, 1998,
as calculated by the OTS, based on information provided by the Bank.

                                       21






                                        Net Portfolio Value ("NPV")                   NPV as % of Present Value of Assets
                                        ---------------------------                   -----------------------------------

    Change                                                                                               Basis Point
   in Rates                 $ Amount              $ Change            % Change            NPV Ratio         Change
   --------                 --------              --------            --------            ---------         ------
                                              (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                               
   +400 bp                   $29,878              $-14,699              -33%                  7.56%         -291 bp
   +300 bp                    34,781                -9,797              -22%                  8.61%         -186 bp
   +200 bp                    39,155                -5,423              -12%                  9.50%          -97 bp
   +100 bp                    42,431                -2,146               -5%                 10.12%          -35 bp
     0 bp                     44,578                                                         10.47%

    -100 bp                   45,285                  +708               +2%                 10.51%           +4 bp

    -200 bp                   46,215                +1,637               +4%                 10.58%          +11 bp
    -300 bp                   48,047                +3,470               +8%                 10.83%          +36 bp
    -400 bp                   49,875                +5,297              +12%                 11.07%          +60 bp




         Future  interest  rates or their effects on NPV or net interest  income
are not predictable. Nevertheless, the Bank's management does not expect current
interest  rates to have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Bank's  NPV or net
interest  income in the near  future.  Computations  of  prospective  effects of
hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions,  including
relative levels of market interest rates, prepayments, and deposit run-offs, and
should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.  Certain shortcomings
are inherent in such  computations.  Although certain assets and liabilities may
have similar maturity or periods of repricing, they may react at different times
and in different  degrees to changes in the market interest rates.  The interest
rate on certain  types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate  in advance of
changes  in market  interest  rates,  while  rates on other  types of assets and
liabilities may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Certain assets such
as adjustable rate mortgages,  generally have features which restrict changes in
interest  rates on a  short-term  basis and over the life of the  asset.  In the
event of a change in interest  rates,  prepayments and early  withdrawal  levels
could deviate  significantly from those assumed in making calculations set forth
above. Additionally,  an increased credit risk may result as the ability of many
borrowers to service  their debt may  decrease in the event of an interest  rate
increase.

Comparison of Financial Condition at September 30, 1998 and 1997

         Assets.  Total assets  decreased  $47.8  million,  or 10.2%,  to $419.0
million at September  30, 1998 from $466.8  million at September  30, 1997.  The
decrease in total assets resulted  primarily from: the transfer of $45.1 million
in loans in  connection  with the Branch  Sale which was  partially  offset by a
$27.2  million  increase  in net  loans  outstanding  from new  originations;  a
reduction of $14.5  million in the Bank's  federal  funds sold  position;  and a
reduction in the investment securities portfolio of $13.6 million, that was used
to fund the new loan growth.

         Liabilities.  Total liabilities  decreased $50.3 million,  or 11.6%, to
$382.9  million at September 30, 1998 from $433.2 million at September 30, 1997.
The decrease in total liabilities resulted primarily from: the transfer of $55.3
million in deposits in  connection  with the Branch  Sale;  and a $35.2  million
decrease  in  deposits,  primarily  certificates  of  deposit  due to the Bank's
elimination  of premium  pricing on these  accounts to reduce its cost of funds.
These  deposit  outflows  were  offset  partially  by $12.9  million in interest
credited to deposit  accounts and an increase in FHLB  advances of $21.0 million
since the rates on the advances fit into the Bank's  strategy to reduce its cost
of funds.


                                       22





         Equity.  The increase in the Bank's equity reflects the $2.4 million in
net income for the year ended  September 30, 1998 and an increase of $134,000 in
unrealized gains on investments available for sale.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The liquidity of a savings institution  reflects its ability to provide
funds to meet loan requests,  to accommodate possible outflows in deposits,  and
to take  advantage  of  interest  rate  market  opportunities.  Funding  of loan
requests,  providing for  liability  outflows,  and  management of interest rate
fluctuations  require  continuous  analysis in order to match the  maturities of
specific  categories of short-term  loans and investments with specific types of
deposits and borrowings. Savings institution liquidity is normally considered in
terms of the nature and mix of the  savings  institution's  sources  and uses of
funds.

         Asset liquidity is provided  through loan repayments and the management
of maturity  distributions  for loans and  securities.  An  important  aspect of
liquidity lies in  maintaining  sufficient  levels of loans and  mortgage-backed
securities that generate monthly cash flows.

         In addition to the $2.5 million in cash provided by  operations,  other
significant cash flows or uses (amounts shown in parentheses) were as follows:

Cash provided by operations                                  $2.5  million
FHLB advances                                                21.0  million
Decrease in net deposits (excluding Branch Sale)            (22.0) million
Maturities of and repayments on investment securities        47.9  million
Purchases of investment securities                          (34.0) million
Cash required to complete Branch Sale                        (6.7) million
Net increase in loans (excluding Branch Sale)               (30.8) million
Other net                                                     5.5  million
                                                          -------
Net decrease in cash                                       ($16.6) million
                                                          =======


         The Bank is subject to federal  regulations that impose certain minimum
capital  requirements.  For a discussion on such capital levels, see "Historical
and Pro Forma Capital Compliance" and "Regulation -
 Regulation of the Bank - Regulatory Capital Requirements."

         Management  is not aware of any known trends,  events or  uncertainties
that will have or are reasonably  likely to have a material effect on the Bank's
liquidity,  capital  or  operations  nor is  management  aware  of  any  current
recommendation by regulatory authorities,  which if implemented, would have such
an effect.

     Comparison of Operating  Results for Year Ended  September 30, 1998 to Year
     Ended September 30, 1997

         Net Income.  Net income for the year ended September 30, 1998 decreased
4.0% to $2.4  million,  compared to $2.5  million for the same period last year.
Net income was affected by certain nonrecurring transactions as follows:

o    $3.0 million gain from the Branch  Sale.  See -- "Market  Focus" and "Other
     Income."

o    $2.2  million  in charges  resulting  from  changes in the Bank's  employee
     benefit plans.  The changes relate mainly to the freezing of benefits under
     the existing defined benefit pension plan

                                       23





     ($1.5 million) and the adoption of a directors' retirement plan ($400,000).
     See -- "Other Expense."

         Net interest income  decreased 8.5% to $12.9 million for the year ended
September 30, 1998  compared to $14.1  million for the year ended  September 30,
1997. This decrease  resulted from a decrease in interest income of $1.9 million
which was partially offset by a decrease in interest expense of $736,000.  Other
income increased to $5.0 million for the year ended September 30, 1998 from $1.6
million for the year ended  September  30, 1997,  resulting  primarily  from the
Branch  Sale.  Other  expenses  increased  to $14.0  million  for the year ended
September 30, 1998 from $11.5 million for the year ended September 30, 1997, due
primarily to certain nonrecurring transactions discussed above.

         Interest  Income.  Total interest income decreased to $31.9 million for
the year  ended  September  30,  1998  from  $33.8  million  for the year  ended
September 30, 1997, as a result of a decrease in average interest-earning assets
and a decrease in the average  interest rates earned.  Average  interest-earning
assets  decreased to $424.8  million for the year ended  September 30, 1998 from
$438.8  million for the year ended  September 30, 1997.  This decrease  resulted
from the transfer of $45.1 million in interest-earning assets in January 1998 in
connection  with the  Branch  Sale,  partially  offset  by  strong  loan  growth
throughout  the  year.  The  average  rate  earned  on  interest-earning  assets
decreased to 7.51% for the year ended September 30, 1998 from 7.70% for the year
ended  September  30, 1997, a decrease of 19 basis  points.  Interest  income on
loans decreased  $663,000 to $27.0 million for the year ended September 30, 1998
from $27.7 million for the year ended  September 30, 1997.  This slight decrease
reflects the strong loan growth, particularly refinancings, that offset the sale
of loans noted above.  In addition,  the average yield on loans  decreased by 17
basis points during the year,  reflecting the general downward trend in interest
rates.  Interest income on investment securities and other investments decreased
$1.2  million to $4.9  million for the year ended  September  30, 1998 from $6.1
million for the year ended  September 30, 1997.  This decrease was primarily the
result of a $13.2  million  decrease in the average  balance to $85.6 million in
1998 from  $98.8  million  in 1997.  The  decrease  in the  average  balance  of
investment  securities  was primarily due to the maturities and calls of certain
securities  and the  redeployment  of these funds into  loans.  Also the average
yield on  investment  securities  and other  investments  decreased  by 49 basis
points since yields on the  reinvestment of available assets have decreased with
the general downward trend in interest rates.

         Interest Expense.  Total interest expense decreased by $736,000 for the
year ended  September 30, 1998 from $19.7  million for the year ended  September
30,  1997,  as a result of a decrease in average  interest-bearing  liabilities,
offset by a slight 4 basis point increase in the average cost of funds.  Average
interest-bearing  liabilities  decreased  to $386.6  million  for the year ended
September  30, 1998 from $406.2  million for the year ended  September 30, 1997.
The decrease is attributable to the sale of $55.3 million in deposits in January
1998 when the Bank sold the deposits of five branches,  partially  offset by new
deposits and borrowings to fund the asset growth. The average interest rate paid
on interest-bearing  liabilities was 4.78% for the year ended September 30, 1998
compared to 4.74% for the year ended  September 30, 1997, an increase of 4 basis
points.  The  increase in rates paid on  interest-bearing  liabilities  reflects
market rates as well as the transfer of lower yielding  certificates  of deposit
in  connection  with the Branch  Sale.  Interest  expense on deposits  decreased
$871,000  to $18.8  million  for the year ended  September  30,  1998 from $19.7
million for the year ended  September 30, 1997.  This decrease was a result of a
decrease of $23.1 million in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits to
$383.1  million  in 1998 from  $406.2  million  in 1997  partially  offset by an
increase of 18 basis  points in the average  rate to 4.92% in 1998 from 4.74% in
1997.  The Bank began  using FHLB  advances  in June 1998 to control its cost of
funds and lengthen the maturity of its liabilities.

         Provision for Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses is charged to
operations to bring the total  allowance  for loan losses to a level  considered
appropriate by management based on historical

                                       24





experience,  volume  and  type  of  lending  conducted  by  the  Bank,  industry
standards, the level and status of past due and nonperforming loans, the general
economic  conditions in the Bank's lending area and other factors  affecting the
collectibility  of the Bank's loan portfolio.  The provision for loan losses was
$405,000 for the year ended September 30, 1998 compared to $317,000 for the year
ended  September  30, 1997.  The  allowance  for loan losses was $2.6 million at
September  30, 1998 and 1997.  The current  allowance  represents  .76% of total
loans  outstanding  at  September  30,  1998.  The Bank had net  charge-offs  of
$474,000 for the year ended  September 30, 1998 compared to net  charge-offs  of
$69,000 for the year ended  September  30,  1997.  See  "Business of the Bank --
Non-Performing  Loans and Problem  Assets." The Bank monitors its loan portfolio
on a  continuing  basis and intends to continue to provide for loan losses based
on its ongoing review of the loan portfolio and general market conditions.

         Other  Income.  In addition to the gain from the Branch Sale,  fees and
service charges  increased  $152,000,  or 10.4% from 1997 to 1998. This reflects
the Bank's  continuing  emphasis on charging  appropriate fees for its services.
The Bank  continues  to review its products  with a goal to increase  sources of
non-interest income, including fees and service charges.

         Other Expense. Other expense increased by $2.5 million to $14.0 million
for the year ended  September  30,  1998 from $11.5  million  for the year ended
September 30, 1997. In addition to the  nonrecurring  charges  discussed in "Net
Income" above, compensation and employee benefits increased due to the hiring of
additional commercial lending staff personnel,  an average 5% increase in salary
adjustments,  a full year of staff cost associated with the Bank's newest branch
that opened in  September  1997,  partially  offset by the staff  costs  savings
realized through the Branch Sale. Occupancy and equipment costs increased due to
expenses  related  to a data  processing  conversion  in  1998 as well as a full
year's cost related to the new customer service platform system installed in May
1997.

         The Company expects increased expenses in the future as a result of the
establishment  of the ESOP,  potential stock benefit plans,  and the adoption of
the  directors  and  executive  retirement  plans,  as well as  increased  costs
associated with being a public company (e.g., periodic reporting, annual meeting
materials, transfer agent, professional and stock listing fees).

Comparison of Operating  Results for Year Ended September 30, 1997 to Year Ended
September 30, 1996

         Net Income.  Net income for the year ended September 30, 1997 increased
31.6% to $2.5 million,  compared to $1.9 million for fiscal year 1996, excluding
the one-time SAIF special  assessment  of $1.7 million after tax.  Including the
one-time SAIF special  assessment,  net income for the year ended  September 30,
1996 was $253,000.  Net interest income increased 11.0% to $14.1 million for the
year ended  September  30,  1997  compared  to $12.7  million for the year ended
September 30, 1996.  This increase was due to an increase in interest  income of
$2.1  million  offset by an  increase  in interest  expense of  $741,000.  Other
expense  decreased to $11.5  million for the year ended  September 30, 1997 from
$13.4  million for the year ended  September  30,  1996,  due  primarily  to the
one-time SAIF special assessment of $2.5 million before taxes.

         Interest  Income.  Total interest income increased to $33.8 million for
the year  ended  September  30,  1997  from  $31.7  million  for the year  ended
September  30,  1996,  as a result of an  increase  in average  interest-earning
assets and an increase in the average  interest rate.  Average  interest-earning
assets  increased to $438.8  million for the year ended  September 30, 1997 from
$420.0 million for the year ended September 30, 1996. The average rate earned on
interest-earning assets increased to 7.70% for the year ended September 30, 1997
from  7.55% for the year ended  September  30,  1996,  an  increase  of 15 basis
points. Interest income on loans increased $4.3 million to $27.7 million for the
year ended

                                       25





September  30, 1997 from $23.4  million for the year ended  September  30, 1996.
This increase was a result of a $51.1 million increase in the average balance to
$340.0  million in 1997 from $288.9  million in 1996.  In addition,  the average
yield on loans  increased by 5 basis points to 8.13% in 1997 from 8.08% in 1996.
The  increase  in the  average  balance of total  loans was mainly due to strong
growth in the  residential  loan  portfolio  resulting  from high levels of loan
originations   and   significant   growth  in  consumer  loans   resulting  from
concentrated  sales  efforts  in  this  area.   Interest  income  on  investment
securities and other investments  decreased $2.2 million to $6.1 million for the
year ended September 30, 1997 from $8.3 million for the year ended September 30,
1996.  This decrease was primarily  the result of a gradual  liquidation  of the
investment portfolio to fund the strong loan demand.

         Interest Expense. Total interest expense increased to $19.7 million for
the year  ended  September  30,  1997  from  $19.0  million  for the year  ended
September  30,  1996,  as a result of an  increase  in average  interest-bearing
liabilities,  partially offset by a decrease in the cost of these funds. Average
interest-bearing  liabilities  increased  to $406.2  million  for the year ended
September  30, 1997 from $389.2  million for the year ended  September 30, 1996.
The average interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 4.74% for the
year ended September 30, 1997 compared to 4.79% for the year ended September 30,
1996, a decrease of 5 basis  points.  The increase in  average-interest  bearing
liabilities  reflects a strong  growth in  certificates  of deposit and checking
accounts used to fund the loan demand.

         Provision for Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses is charged to
operations to bring the total  allowance  for loan losses to a level  considered
appropriate  by management  based on historical  experience,  volume and type of
lending conducted by the Bank, industry standards,  the level and status of past
due and  nonperforming  loans,  the general  economic  conditions  in the Bank's
lending  area and other  factors  affecting  collectibility  of the Bank's  loan
portfolio.  The  provision  for loan  losses  was  $317,000  for the year  ended
September 30, 1997  compared to $600,000 for the year ended  September 30, 1996,
respectively. The allowance for loan losses was $2.6 million and $2.4 million at
September 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The allowance was .74% of total loans
at both September 30, 1997 and 1996. The Bank had net charge-offs of $69,000 for
the year ended  September  30,  1997  compared  to  $117,000  for the year ended
September 30, 1996. The Bank monitors its loan  portfolio on a continuing  basis
and intends to continue to provide for loan losses  based on its ongoing  review
of the loan portfolio and general market conditions.

         Other Income.  Other income stayed essentially even at $1.6 million for
the year ended  September  30, 1997  compared to $1.5 million for the year ended
September 30, 1996.  During the 1997 fiscal year,  the Bank recorded a $154,000,
or 11.8%,  increase in fees and  service  charges as the Bank sought to increase
other income  through  explicit  pricing of  services.  The increase in fees and
service  charges was  partially  offset by a decrease in gains on sales of loans
and investments.

         Other Expense. Other expense decreased by $1.9 million to $11.5 million
for the year ended  September  30,  1997 from $13.4  million  for the year ended
September 30, 1996. The decrease was primarily due to the special  assessment to
recapitalize the SAIF fund of $2.5 million for the year ended September 30, 1996
and a decrease of $547,000 in premiums for the year ended September 30, 1997 due
to lower  assessment  rates resulting from  recapitalization  of the SAIF. Other
changes  included an increase of $575,000 in compensation  and benefits,  and an
increase of $394,000 in other expense. The increase in compensation and benefits
is due primarily to additional staff required to support the growth in loans and
deposits.

         Provision  for Income Taxes.  Provision  for income taxes  increased by
$1.3  million from  $44,000 in 1996,  or an  effective  tax rate of 15%, to $1.3
million in 1997, or an effective tax rate of 34%. The effective tax rate in 1997
appears appropriate based upon the income and expenses incurred

                                       26





during the year. The low effective tax rate  reflected for 1996 is  attributable
to certain  adjustments  deemed necessary by the Bank. These adjustments are not
anticipated  to be  recurring  and should  not have any effect on the  financial
condition of the Bank in the future.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         Statement  of  Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  130,  "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income"  (Statement No. 130) establishes  standards for reporting
and display of comprehensive  income and its components in a full set of general
purpose financial statements.  Under Statement No. 130,  comprehensive income is
divided  into net income and other  comprehensive  income.  Other  comprehensive
income includes items previously recorded directly in equity, such as unrealized
gains or losses on securities available for sale. Statement No. 130 has not been
adopted  by the Bank as of this  date,  but will  apply the  provisions  of this
statement  commencing with the first quarterly  reporting period after September
30, 1998.  Comparative  financial  statements  provided for earlier periods once
quarterly  periods begin, will be reclassified to reflect the application of the
provisions  of  Statement  No.  130.  For  the  Bank,  comprehensive  income  is
determined by adding  unrealized  investment  holding gains or losses during the
period to net income.

         In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information (Statement No. 131)," which changes the
way public  companies  report  information  about segments of their business and
requires them to report selected segment  information in their quarterly reports
issued to  stockholders.  Among other things,  Statement No. 131 requires public
companies to report (i) certain financial and descriptive  information about its
reportable  operating  segments (as defined),  and (ii) certain  enterprise-wide
financial  information  about products and services,  geographic areas and major
customers.  The  required  segment  financial  disclosures  include a measure of
profit or loss,  certain  specific  revenue and expense items, and total assets.
Statement No. 131 is effective for reporting by public companies in fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997 and, accordingly, would be adopted by the Bank
upon completion of its reorganization. Statement No. 131 is not expected to have
a significant impact on the Bank's financial reporting.

         In February  1998,  the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 132 "Employers Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement
Benefits"  (Statement  No. 132).  Statement 132 revised  employers'  disclosures
about pension and other  postretirement  benefits  plans. It does not change the
measurement  of  recognition  of those plans.  It  standardized  the  disclosure
requirements  for  pensions  and other  postretirement  benefits  to the  extent
practicable,   requires  additional   information  in  changes  in  the  benefit
obligations  and fair  value  of plan  assets  that  will  facilitate  financial
analysis and eliminates  certain  required  disclosures  of previous  accounting
pronouncements.

         Statement  No.  132 is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after
December 15, 1997.  Restatement of disclosures for earlier periods  provided for
comparative   purposes  is  required  unless  the  information  is  not  readily
available.  As  Statement  No. 132 affects  disclosure  requirements,  it is not
expected to have a material impact on the financial statements of the Bank.

         In June  1998,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities"
(Statement  No. 133).  Statement No. 133  establishes  accounting  and reporting
standards for derivative  instruments,  including certain derivative instruments
embedded in other contracts  (collectively  referred to as derivatives)  and for
hedging  activities.  It requires that an entity  recognize all  derivatives  as
either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial  position and measure
those  instruments at fair value.  Statement No. 133 is effective for all fiscal
quarters

                                       27





of fiscal years  beginning  after June 15,  1999.  Initial  application  of this
Statement  should be as of the beginning of an entity's fiscal quarter,  on that
date, hedging  relationships must be designated anew and documented  pursuant to
the provisions of this Statement.  Earlier  application of all of the provisions
of Statement No. 133 is encouraged, but it is permitted only as of the beginning
of any fiscal  quarter  that  begins  after  issuance  of this  Statement.  This
Statement should not be applied  retroactively to financial  statements of prior
periods.  Statement  No. 133 is not  expected  to have a material  impact on the
Bank's financial statement presentations.

Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure

         Rapid  and  accurate  data   processing  is  essential  to  the  Bank's
operations.  Many  computer  programs  that can only  distinguish  the final two
digits of the year  entered (a common  programming  practice in prior years) are
expected  to read  entries  for the year  2000 as the  year  1900 or as zero and
incorrectly attempt to compute payment, interest, delinquency and other data.

         The following  discussion of the  implications of the year 2000 problem
for the Bank,  contains numerous forward looking  statements based on inherently
uncertain  information.  The cost of the  project and the date on which the Bank
plans to complete the internal year 2000 modifications are based on management's
best  estimates,  which are derived  utilizing a number of assumptions of future
events including the continued  availability of internal and external resources,
third party modifications and other factors.  However, there can be no guarantee
that  these  statements  will be  achieved  and  actual  results  could  differ.
Moreover,  although  management  believes it will be able to make the  necessary
modifications  in advance,  there can be no guarantee that failure to modify the
systems would not have a material adverse effect on the Bank or the Company.

         The Bank places a high degree of reliance on computer  systems of third
parties,  such as customers,  suppliers,  and other  financial and  governmental
institutions.  Although  the Bank is  assessing  the  readiness  of these  third
parties and  preparing  contingency  plans,  there can be no guarantee  that the
failure of these third  parties to modify  their  systems in advance of December
31, 1999 would not have a material adverse affect on the Bank.

         The Bank's Year 2000 Plan (the  "Plan") was  presented  to the Board of
Directors  in  September  1997.  The Plan was  developed  using  the  guidelines
outlined in the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council's "The Effect
of Year 2000 on Computer Systems" and is scheduled for substantial completion by
December 31, 1998, with only final testing remaining. The Year 2000 Committee is
responsible  for the  Plan  with the  Board of  Directors  receiving  Year  2000
progress reports on a quarterly basis.

         An OTS on-site  examination was conducted in April 1998, and based upon
the  examination  results,  the  Bank  was  progressing  satisfactorily  towards
completing the Plan requirements.

         The primary  operating  software  for the Bank is through a third party
service bureau ("External  Provider").  The Bank has maintained  ongoing contact
with this vendor so that modification of the software for Year 2000 readiness is
a top priority and is expected to be accomplished, though there is no assurance,
by December 31, 1998. The Bank has performed significant testing of the software
utilized by the External Provider with successful results. The External Provider
has  represented  that the  software  currently  being  utilized  for the Bank's
current operations is Year 2000 compliant.

         The Bank  has  contacted  all  other  material  vendors  and  suppliers
regarding their Year 2000  readiness.  Each of these third parties has delivered
written assurance to the Bank that they expect to be

                                       28





Year  2000  compliant  prior to the Year  2000.  The Bank is in the  process  of
contacting all significant  customers and non-information  technology  suppliers
(i.e. utility systems, telephone systems, etc.), regarding their year 2000 state
of readiness.

         Costs will be incurred to replace  certain  non-compliant  software and
hardware.  The Bank does not  anticipate  that direct  costs for  renovating  or
replacing  non-compliant  hardware and software will exceed  $325,000,  of which
approximately  $221,000 had been expended as of September 30, 1998. No assurance
can be given that the Year 2000 Plan will be completed  successfully by the Year
2000,  in which event the Bank could incur  significant  costs.  If the External
Provider  fails to  maintain  its  system in  compliant  state or  incurs  other
obstacles prior to Year 2000, the Bank would likely experience  significant data
processing  delays,  mistakes or failures.  These  delays,  mistakes or failures
could have a significant adverse impact on the financial statements of the Bank.

         Successful  and timely  completion of the Year 2000 project is based on
management's best estimates  derived from various  assumptions of future events,
which are  inherently  uncertain,  including  the  progress  and  results of the
External  Provider,  testing  plans,  and all  vendors,  suppliers  and customer
readiness.

         Despite the best efforts of management to address this issue,  the vast
number of external entities that have direct and indirect business relationships
with the Bank, such as customers,  vendors,  payment system  providers and other
financial  institution,  makes it impossible to assure that a failure to achieve
compliance  by one or more of these  entities  would not have  material  adverse
impact on the operations of the Bank.


Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The consolidated  financial statements and accompanying notes presented
elsewhere in this  Prospectus  have been prepared in accordance  with GAAP which
generally  requires the measurement of financial  position and operating results
in terms of historical  dollars  without  considering the change in the relative
purchasing  power of  money  over  time  and due to  inflation.  The  impact  of
inflation is  reflected in the  increased  cost of the Bank's  operations.  As a
result,  interest rates have a greater impact on the Bank's  performance than do
the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest  rates do not  necessarily
move in the same  direction  or,  to the same  extent,  as  prices  of goods and
services.

                             BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

         Upon consummation of the reorganization we will own all of the stock of
the Bank.  We have not  engaged in any  significant  business  to date.  We will
retain up to 50% of the net  proceeds  from the  issuance of common  stock (less
$200,000 for the initial  capitalization of the mutual holding company). We will
use the balance of the net  proceeds to purchase  all of the common stock of the
Bank to be issued at the conclusion of the reorganization.  Part of the proceeds
we  retain  will  be  used  to  fund  the  loan  to  the  ESOP.   Prior  to  the
reorganization,  we will not transact any material  business.  In the future, we
may pursue other business  activities,  including the merger with or acquisition
of  other  financial  institutions  or  other  entities,   borrowing  funds  for
investment in the Bank and diversification of operations. There are, however, no
current plans for such activities.  We may sell or issue a portion of our common
stock, subject to applicable regulatory approvals, provided that the MHC owns at
least a majority of our common  stock as long as the MHC  remains in  existence.
Initially,  we will not  maintain  offices  separate  from  those of the Bank or
employ any  persons  other than their  officers.  Company  officers  will not be
separately compensated for such service.

                                       29






                              BUSINESS OF THE BANK

General

         The Bank provides retail banking services,  with an emphasis on one- to
four-family  residential  mortgage loans,  home equity loans and lines of credit
and consumer loans as well as  certificates  of deposit,  checking  accounts and
savings accounts. In addition,  the Bank originates commercial real estate loans
and offers checking  accounts and other credit  facilities to businesses  within
its market area. At September 30, 1998, the Bank had total assets,  deposits and
equity of $419.0 million, $352.2 million, and $36.1 million, respectively.

         The Bank  attracts  deposits  from the  general  public  and uses these
deposits   primarily   to   originate   loans   and  to   purchase   investment,
mortgage-backed  and other  securities.  The principal  sources of funds for the
Bank's  lending and  investing  activities  are  deposits,  FHLB  advances,  the
repayment and maturity of loans and sale, maturity, and call of securities.  The
principal   source  of  income  is   interest  on  loans  and   investment   and
mortgage-backed  securities.  The principal expense is interest paid on deposits
and FHLB advances.

Market Area and Competition

         The Bank  operates  seven offices  (including  the main office) in Polk
County and two  offices in Manatee  County.  Polk  County is situated in central
Florida  and  Manatee  County is  located  in west  central  Florida.  There are
approximately 680,000 residents and 268,000 households within the Bank's primary
market  area.  Polk  County had an  estimated  1997  population  of 445,000  and
includes Lakeland,  Winter Haven, and Bartow among its most populous cities. The
Bank operates  primarily in Lakeland and Winter Haven. Polk County is positioned
for continued growth as it is situated between the rapidly  developing  counties
of Orange  (Orlando) and Hillsborough  (Tampa).  Manatee County had an estimated
1997  population  of 235,000 and  includes  Bradenton  and  Palmetto as its most
populous  cities.  The Bank  operates  five offices in  Lakeland,  two in Winter
Haven, and two in Bradenton.

         The Polk  County  economy  had long been  dependent  on the  citrus and
phosphate mining  industries.  These industries remain strong and are continuing
to grow  through  capital  investment.  The  citrus  industry  however,  remains
vulnerable to severe weather conditions and increased competition, both domestic
and international. In addition, the economy has diversified and has strengthened
the area's business  development.  Polk County is home to the largest  privately
owned  employer in the state,  a grocery  chain that operates over 575 stores in
four  states.  Because of Polk  County's  location  in central  Florida  between
Orlando  and Tampa and its  accessibility  to major  interstate  highways,  Polk
County is  considered  a major  distribution  location and has become a home for
large  transportation  and  distribution  companies and related  warehousing and
supplies operations. The weather conditions, affordable labor pool and lifestyle
amenities have attracted other major  employers in the insurance  servicing area
and a variety of other industries.

         Manatee  County is situated  southwest of Polk County and just south of
Tampa and St. Petersburg,  Florida. Manatee and neighboring Sarasota County have
experienced  growth  rates among the highest in the nation over the past several
years.  Local economies have been supported  primarily by the services  industry
(which   includes   tourism).   However,   recent   efforts  have   resulted  in
diversification into light manufacturing operations.

         Based on deposits at June 30,  1997,  the Bank ranked  fifth among FDIC
insured financial  institutions  operating in Polk County.  The Bank is the only
remaining thrift institution based in Polk

                                       30





County  and had a deposit  market  share of 7.9%.  The Bank  ranked  twelfth  in
Manatee County among 16 FDIC insured  financial  institutions  and had a deposit
market  share  of 2.3%.  The  deposit  markets  in both of  these  counties  are
dominated by large regional banks that are headquartered outside of Florida.

         The Bank faces strong  competition  in its primary  market area for the
attraction of retail deposits and in the  origination of loans.  The Bank's most
direct  competition for deposits has  historically  come from commercial  banks,
thrift institutions, and credit unions operating in its primary market area. The
Bank's competition for loans also comes from banks,  thrifts, and credit unions,
in addition  to mortgage  bankers  and  brokers.  The Bank's  market area can be
characterized as a market with moderate incomes,  increasing  wealth, and strong
population  growth,  representing  an attractive  market that can be served by a
community financial institution such as the Bank.

Lending Activities

         General. The Bank primarily originates one- to four-family  residential
real estate loans and, to a lesser extent commercial real estate loans, consumer
loans and other loans.  Consumer loans consist  primarily of direct and indirect
automobile  loans,  home equity  loans and lines of credit,  and other  consumer
purpose  loans.  The Bank's  commercial  real estate loans consist  primarily of
mortgage loans secured by small commercial  office/retail space,  warehouses and
small and medium sized apartment buildings.



                                       31





         Loan   Portfolio   Composition.   The  following   table  analyzes  the
composition  of the  Bank's  loan  portfolio  by  loan  category  at  the  dates
indicated.




                                                                 At September 30,
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               1998               1997                1996              1995                1994
                        ------------------  -----------------   ----------------- ----------------  --------------------
                         Amount   Percent    Amount  Percent     Amount  Percent   Amount  Percent     Amount   Percent
                         ------   -------    ------  -------     ------  -------   ------  -------     ------   -------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                    
Type of Loans:
Mortgage loans:
Residential:
  Permanent.............$244,667   68.3%   $256,742    69.3%   $247,609    73.7% $206,415     77.1%  $200,639     77.8%
  Construction..........  27,311    7.6      22,350      6.0     19,778     5.9     9,729      3.6     11,710      4.5
Multi-family............   4,464    1.2       4,154      1.1      4,564     1.4     5,510      2.1      6,740      2.6
Commercial and
  real estate (1).......  17,217    4.8      12,282      3.3      8,562     2.5     4,260      1.6      4,860      1.9
Land....................   6,796    1.9       6,153      1.7        779      .2       629       .2      1,738       .7
Consumer Loans:
  Home equity loans(2)..  13,137    3.7      18,310      4.9     18,361     5.5    18,396      6.9     16,511      6.4
  Auto loans............  34,795    9.7      43,504     11.7     30,911     9.2    19,307      7.2     12,669      4.9
  Other.................   9,959    2.8       7,415      2.0      5,311     1.6     3,586      1.3      3,156      1.2
                        --------  -----    --------    -----   --------   -----  --------    -----   --------    -----
Total loans............. 358,346  100.0%    370,910    100.0%   335,875  100.0%   267,832    100.0%   258,023    100.0%
                                  =====                =====              =====              =====               =====
Less:
  Loans in process(3)...  17,013             12,589              12,072             5,060               7,865
  Deferred loan fees 
    and unearned 
    interest............     159                137                  91               195                 313
  Allowance for loan 
    losses..............   2,564              2,633               2,385             1,902               1,902
                        --------           --------            --------          --------            --------
Total loans, net........$338,610           $355,551            $321,327          $260,675            $247,943
                         =======            =======             =======           =======             =======



- --------------------
(1)  Includes  commercial loans of $1,085,000 in 1998 and $218,000 in 1997 which
     were not secured by real estate.
(2)  Includes home equity lines of credit.
(3)  Relates to construction loans.




                                       32





         Loan Maturity Schedule.  The following table sets forth the maturity or
repricing of Bank's loan  portfolio at September 30, 1998.  Demand loans,  loans
having no stated maturity and overdrafts are shown as due in one year or less.



                                                Commercial    Home     Auto and
                                       Multi-   Real Estate  Equity     Other
                        Residential(1) family    and Land     Loans    Consumer    Total
                                                   (In thousands)
                                                                    
Amounts Due:
Within 1 Year ..........   $ 85,636   $   --     $  5,325   $   --     $  8,623   $ 99,584
                           --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

After 1 year:
  1 to 3 years .........     11,049      1,127      3,002      2,089     12,020     29,287
  3 to 5 years .........     19,799      1,131      2,659      2,348     22,345     48,282
  5 to 10 years ........      9,341        841      6,165      4,246      1,766     22,359
  10 to 20 years .......     66,278      1,037      6,862      4,451       --       78,628
  Over 20 years ........     79,875        328       --            3       --       80,206
                           --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

Total due after one year    186,342      4,464     18,688     13,137     36,131    258,762
                           --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Total amount due .......   $271,978   $  4,464   $ 24,013   $ 13,137   $ 44,754   $358,346
                           ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========



- ------------------
(1)      Includes $27,311,000 in construction loans.


         The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after
September  30, 1999,  which have  pre-determined  interest  rates and which have
floating or adjustable interest rates.



                                                              Floating or
                                      Fixed Rates           Adjustable Rates           Total
                                      -----------           ----------------           -----
                                                             (In thousands)
                                                                               
Residential........................     $149,074                 $37,268            $186,342
Multi-family.......................        3,571                     893               4,464
Commercial real estate and land....       14,016                   4,672              18,688
Home equity loans..................       10,153                   2,984              13,137
Auto and other consumer............       36,131                      --              36,131
                                         -------                --------             -------
  Total............................     $212,945                 $45,817            $258,762
                                         =======                  ======             =======




         Residential  Lending.  The Bank's primary lending activity  consists of
the  origination  of one- to four-family  residential  mortgage loans secured by
property  located in the Bank's market area. The Bank generally  originates one-
to four-family  residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of the lesser of
the appraised value or selling price of the mortgaged property without requiring
private mortgage insurance. The Bank will originate a mortgage loan in an amount
up to 95% of the lesser of the  appraised  value or selling price of a mortgaged
property,  however,  private mortgage  insurance for the borrower is required on
the  amount  financed  in  excess of 80%.  The Bank  originates  fixed  rate and
adjustable rate loans for retention in its portfolio. A mortgage loan originated
by the Bank,  whether fixed rate or adjustable rate, can have a term of up to 30
years. Adjustable rate loans limit the periodic interest rate adjustment and the
minimum and maximum rates that may be charged over the term of the loan.

                                       33






         The majority of the Bank's one- to four-family  residential loans (both
fixed rate and  adjustable  rate) are  underwritten  in accordance  with Federal
National Mortgage Association  ("FNMA")  guidelines,  regardless of whether they
will be sold in the secondary  market.  However,  the Bank also  originates both
fixed and adjustable  residential  loans that do not conform to FNMA guidelines.
Substantially  all of the Bank's  residential  mortgages  include  "due on sale"
clauses,  which  are  provisions  giving  the Bank the  right to  declare a loan
immediately  payable if the borrower sells or otherwise transfers an interest in
the property to a third party.

         Property  appraisals on real estate  securing the Bank's  single-family
residential  loans  are  made  by  state  certified  and  licensed   independent
appraisers  approved by the Board of  Directors.  Appraisals  are  performed  in
accordance  with  applicable  regulations  and policies.  The Bank obtains title
insurance policies on all first mortgage real estate loans originated. Borrowers
generally advance funds with each monthly payment of principal and interest,  to
a loan escrow account from which the Bank makes  disbursements for such items as
real estate taxes and hazard insurance  premiums and mortgage insurance premiums
as they become due.

         Construction  Lending. The Bank is an active lender in the construction
of one- to four-family  homes. The residential  construction loans are made both
to individual  homeowners for the construction of their primary residence and to
local builders for the  construction of pre-sold houses or houses that are being
built for speculative purposes.

         As  of  September  30,  1998,   65%  of  all  the  Bank's   residential
construction  loans were made to individual  homeowners.  Upon completion of the
construction  of the house,  the loan terms are  modified to terms that apply to
permanent residential loans. The underwriting guidelines for the construction to
permanent loans are the same as the permanent loans, but additional construction
administration  procedures and inspections are followed during the  construction
process to assure that satisfactory  progress is being made prior to funding the
construction draw requests.

         Construction lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree
of credit risk than long term  financing of residential  properties.  The Bank's
risk of loss on a construction loan is dependent largely upon the accuracy o the
initial  estimate of the property's  value at completion of construction and the
estimated cost of  construction.  If the estimate of  construction  cost and the
marketability  of the  property  upon  completion  of the  project  prove  to be
inaccurate,  we may be  compelled  to advance  additional  funds to complete the
construction.  Furthermore, if the final value of the completed property is less
than the estimated amount,  the value of the property might not be sufficient to
assure the repayment of the loan.

         The Bank  limits  its  exposure  for  construction  loans made to local
builders through periodic credit analysis on the individual builder and a series
of inspections  throughout the construction phase. In addition,  the Bank limits
the  amount  and  number  of  loans  made  to  an  individual  builder  for  the
construction of pre-sold and speculative  houses based on the financial strength
of the builder.

         Commercial Real Estate and Other Loans. The Bank originates  commercial
real  estate  mortgage  loans and,  to a lesser  extent,  loans on  multi-family
dwellings and developed and undeveloped  land. The Bank's commercial real estate
mortgage loans are primarily  permanent loans secured by improved  property such
as  office  buildings,   retail  stores,  commercial  warehouses  and  apartment
buildings.  The terms and  conditions  of each loan are tailored to the needs of
the  borrower  and  based  on the  financial  strength  of the  project  and any
guarantors.  The average loan size is  approximately  $150,000 and typically are
made with fixed rates of  interest  with five to ten year  maturities,  at which
point  the  loan  is  repaid  or the  terms  and  conditions  are  renegotiated.
Essentially all originated commercial real estate

                                       34





loans are within the Bank's market area and all are within the State of Florida.
As of September 30, 1998, the Bank had commercial  real estate loans,  totalling
$16.1 million,  or 4.5% of the Bank's total loan  portfolio.  The Bank's largest
commercial  real estate loan had a balance of $1.4 million on September 30, 1998
and was secured by a commercial  warehouse.  See also "-Loans to One  Borrower."
Typically,  commercial  real estate loans are originated in amounts up to 80% of
the appraised value of the mortgaged property.

         Commercial  real  estate,  multi-family  and land loans  generally  are
deemed to entail  significantly  greater  risk than that which is involved  with
single family real estate  lending.  The  repayment of these loans  typically is
dependent on the successful  operations and income stream of the commercial real
estate and the borrower.  Such risks can be  significantly  affected by economic
conditions.  In addition,  commercial  real estate  lending  generally  requires
substantially  greater  oversight  efforts  compared to residential  real estate
lending.

         Commercial  Banking.  To accomplish the Bank's mission to become a full
service  community  bank,  plans have been  developed to expand its products and
services  offerings  to the small to medium  size  businesses  within its market
area.  Experienced  personnel have been added within the past year and the plans
call for the hiring of additional personnel over the next few years to assist in
reaching its objectives.  New sales call programs,  credit analysis  guidelines,
loan grading systems,  technology  upgrades and new products and services either
have been implemented or are in the process of implementation. The Bank plans to
satisfy not only the borrowing needs of new prospective business customers,  but
plans to have the full  complement  of deposit  services and  customer  services
related to the checking, savings, and cash management needs of these businesses.

         Consumer  Loans.  As of September 30, 1998 consumer  loans  amounted to
$57.9 million or 16.2% of the Bank's total loan portfolio and consist  primarily
of direct and indirect auto loans and home equity loans and credit  lines.  To a
lesser extent,  the Bank  originates  lines of credit,  loans secured by savings
accounts and other consumer  loans.  Consumer loans are originated in the Bank's
market area and generally have maturities of up to 10 years. For savings account
loans, the Bank will lend up to 90% of the account balance.

         Consumer  loans  have a  shorter  term  and  generally  provide  higher
interest rates than  residential  loans. The consumer loan market can be helpful
in improving the spread between average loan yield and costs of funds and at the
same time improve the matching of the rate sensitive assets and liabilities.

         Consumer   loans  entail   greater  risks  than  one-  to   four-family
residential  mortgage  loans,  particularly  consumer  loans  secured by rapidly
depreciable  assets such as  automobiles  or loans that are  unsecured.  In such
cases,  any  repossessed  collateral  for a  defaulted  loan may not  provide an
adequate source of repayment of the outstanding  loan balance,  since there is a
greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation of the underlying collateral.
Further,  consumer loan  collections are dependent on the borrower's  continuing
financial  stability,  and therefore are more likely to be adversely affected by
job loss,  divorce,  illness or personal  bankruptcy.  Even for  consumer  loans
secured by real estate the risk to the Bank is greater than that inherent in the
single  family  loan  portfolio  in that  the  security  for  consumer  loans is
generally not the first lien on the property and ultimate  collection of amounts
due may be dependent on whether any value remains  after  collection by a holder
with a higher  priority  than the Bank.  Finally,  the  application  of  various
federal laws,  including  federal and state  bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may
limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans in the event of a default.

         At September 30, 1998, 70% of the Bank's  automobile loans  outstanding
were loans originated through local automobile  dealerships.  Although this type
of lending generally carries a greater risk

                                       35





factor, the Bank has experienced  personnel to handle this type of lending.  The
dealer arrangements are limited primarily to a few local dealers where long term
relationships  have been established and the loans acquired  typically are those
made to higher credit quality borrowers.

         The  underwriting  standards  employed by the Bank for  consumer  loans
include a determination  of the applicant's  credit history and an assessment of
the  applicant's  ability  to meet  existing  obligations  and  payments  on the
proposed loan. The stability of the applicant's monthly income may be determined
by   verification  of  gross  monthly  income  from  primary   employment,   and
additionally  from any  verifiable  secondary  income.  Creditworthiness  of the
applicant is of primary  consideration;  however,  the underwriting process also
includes a comparison of the value of the collateral in relation to the proposed
loan amount.

         Loans to One Borrower.  Under federal law, savings  institutions  have,
subject to certain exemptions, lending limits to one borrower in an amount equal
to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of the  institution's  unimpaired  capital and
surplus.  As of September 30, 1998, the Bank's  largest  aggregation of loans to
one borrower was $4.7 million,  consisting of fifteen loans secured primarily by
commercial  warehouses,  in the  Lakeland,  Florida  area,  which was within the
Bank's legal  lending  limit to one  borrower of $5.4  million at such date.  At
September 30, 1998,  the loans were current.  The increase in the capital of the
Bank from this offering will increase its lending limit.

         Loan  Solicitation  and  Processing.  The Bank's  customary  sources of
mortgage loan  applications  include repeat customers,  walk-ins,  and referrals
from home builders and real estate brokers.  Commercial  customer  relationships
are  developed  through the officer  call program and from  referrals  developed
through the branch network.

         Upon receipt of any loan  application  from a prospective  borrower,  a
credit  report and  verifications  are ordered to confirm  specific  information
relating to the loan  applicant's  employment,  income and credit  standing.  An
appraisal of the real estate  intended to secure the proposed loan is undertaken
by an independent fee appraiser.  In connection with the loan approval  process,
the Bank's  staff  analyze  the loan  applications  and the  property  involved.
Officers and lenders are granted lending  authority based on the loan types that
they  work with and their  level of  experience.  An  officers'  loan  committee
approves loans exceeding  individual  authorities,  with the Executive Committee
approving loans between $500,000 and $1 million, and the full Board of Directors
approving loans in excess of $1 million.

         Loan applicants are promptly  notified of the decision of the Bank by a
letter  setting forth the terms and  conditions  of the  decision.  If approved,
these terms and conditions include the amount of the loan,  interest rate basis,
amortization  term,  a brief  description  of real estate to be mortgaged to the
Bank,  tax escrow and the notice of  requirement  of  insurance  coverage  to be
maintained to protect the Bank's interest.  The Bank requires title insurance on
first mortgage loans and fire and casualty insurance on all properties  securing
loans, which insurance must be maintained during the entire term of the loan.

         Loan Commitments.  The Bank generally grants  commitments to fund fixed
and  adjustable-rate  single-family  mortgage  loans for periods of 60 days at a
specified term and interest rate. The total amount of the Bank's  commitments to
extend credit as of September 30, 1998,  1997,  and 1996 was $2.7 million,  $3.7
million and $2.7 million, respectively.

         Loan  Origination  and Other Fees.  In  addition to interest  earned on
loans, the Bank receives loan origination and commitment fees for originating or
purchasing  certain loans.  Since most loans are originated without points being
charged, the Bank has assessed customers certain fees related to

                                       36





underwriting  and document  preparation.  The Bank believes  these fees are just
slightly  above the costs to originate  the loans.  Therefore,  the net deferred
fees are minimal and deferrals have an immaterial effect on operating results.

         The Bank also  receives  other fees and  charges  relating  to existing
loans,  which include late  charges,  and fees  collected in  connection  with a
change in borrower or other loan modifications.  These fees and charges have not
constituted a material source of income.

Non-performing Loans and Problem Assets

         Collection  Procedures.  The Bank's collection  procedures provide that
when a loan is 15 to 20 days delinquent,  the borrower is notified.  If the loan
becomes 30 days  delinquent,  the borrower is sent a written  delinquent  notice
requiring payment. If the delinquency continues,  subsequent efforts are made to
contact the delinquent borrower.  In certain instances,  the Bank may modify the
loan or grant a limited  moratorium  on loan  payments to enable the borrower to
reorganize his financial affairs and the Bank attempts to work with the borrower
to establish a repayment schedule to cure the delinquency. As to mortgage loans,
if the borrower is unable to cure the  delinquency or reach a payment  agreement
with the Bank within 90 days, the Bank will institute  foreclosure actions. If a
foreclosure  action  is taken  and the loan is not  reinstated,  paid in full or
refinanced,  the property is sold at judicial  sale at which the Bank may be the
buyer if there are no adequate offers to satisfy the debt. Any property acquired
as the result of  foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as
real estate owned ("REO") until such time as it is sold or otherwise disposed of
by the Bank.  When REO is  acquired,  it is  recorded at the lower of the unpaid
principal  balance of the related loan or its fair market  value less  estimated
selling costs. The initial writedown of the property is charged to the allowance
for loan losses.

         As  to  commercial  related  loans,  the  main  thrust  of  the  Bank's
collection  efforts is through  telephone  contact and a sequence of  collection
letters.  If the Bank is unable to resolve the delinquency  within 90 days or in
some situations  shorter time periods,  the Bank will pursue all available legal
remedies.  The Bank's commercial  lenders are required to evaluate each assigned
account on a case-by-case basis, within the parameters of the Bank's policies.

         Loans are reviewed on a regular  basis and are placed on a  non-accrual
status  when  they are more  than 90 days  delinquent.  Loans may be placed on a
non-accrual status at any time if, in the opinion of management,  the collection
of additional  interest is doubtful.  Interest  accrued and unpaid at the time a
loan is placed  on  non-accrual  status  is  charged  against  interest  income.
Subsequent  payments are either applied to the outstanding  principal balance or
recorded  as  interest  income,  depending  on the  assessment  of the  ultimate
collectibility  of the loan.  At September  30,  1998,  the Bank had $836,000 of
loans that were held on a non-accrual basis and held five residential properties
as REO  with an  aggregate  book  balance  of  $403,000  and  $91,000  in  other
non-performing assets consisting primarily of repossessed vehicles.

                                       37






         Non-Performing   Assets.  The  following  table  provides   information
regarding the Bank's  non-performing loans and other non-performing assets as of
the  end of  each of the  last  five  fiscal  years.  As of  each  of the  dates
indicated,  the Bank did not have any troubled  debt  restructurings  within the
meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114.



                                                                 At September 30,
                                             ------------------------------------------------------
                                                1998       1997        1996        1995      1994
                                              --------    -------    --------    --------    ------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
Mortgage loans:
  Residential .............................   $    445    $ 1,624    $    654    $    605    $  721
  Multi-family ............................       --         --          --          --        --
  All other mortgage loans ................       --          491         491         584     1,612
Consumer loans:
  Home equity loans .......................       --         --          --          --        --
  Other consumer ..........................        391        199          39          17      --
                                              --------    -------    --------    --------    ------
Total .....................................   $    836    $ 2,314    $  1,184    $  1,206    $2,333
                                              ========    =======    ========    ========    ======

Accruing loans which are contractually past
due 90 days or more:
Mortgage loans:
  Residential .............................   $   --      $  --      $   --      $   --      $ --
  Multi-family ............................       --         --          --          --        --
  All other mortgage loans ................       --         --          --          --        --
Consumer loans:
  Home equity and second mortgages ........       --         --          --          --        --
  Other consumer ..........................       --         --          --          --        --
                                              --------    -------    --------    --------    ------
Total .....................................   $   --      $  --      $   --      $   --      $ --
                                              ========    =======    ========    ========    ======
Total non-performing loans ................   $    836    $ 2,314    $  1,184    $  1,206    $2,333
                                              ========    =======    ========    ========    ======
Real estate owned .........................   $    403    $    67    $      8    $    337    $  187
                                              ========    =======    ========    ========    ======
Other non-performing assets ...............   $     91    $   104    $     42    $     11    $   14
                                              ========    =======    ========    ========    ======
Total non-performing assets ...............   $  1,330    $ 2,485    $  1,234    $  1,554    $2,534
                                              ========    =======    ========    ========    ======
Total non-performing loans to net loans ...        .25%       .65%        .37%        .46%      .94%
                                              ========    =======    ========    ========    ======
Total non-performing loans to total assets         .20%       .49%        .27%        .28%      .57%
                                              ========    =======    ========    ========    ======
Total non-performing assets to total assets        .32%       .53%        .28%        .36%      .62%
                                              ========    =======    ========    ========    ======




         The increase in non-accrual  loans during the year ended  September 30,
1997 was attributable  primarily to $698,000 in residential  construction  loans
which were placed in non-accrual  status after the builder declared  bankruptcy.
During the year ended  September 30, 1998,  the Bank  foreclosed on and sold the
properties  securing the loans which consisted of six individual houses.  During
fiscal year 1998, the Bank also resolved foreclosure and counterclaim litigation
relating  to a $491,000  loan  secured by a retail  strip  shopping  center.  In
connection with the settlement of this  litigation,  the Bank received  payments
totalling  $348,000  from the  borrower  and  charged off the  remainder  of its
investment. As a result of these events, total non-performing assets declined to
$1.3 million at September 30, 1998 from $2.5 million at September 30, 1997.


                                       38





         During the year ended  September  30,  1998,  approximately  $71,000 of
interest would have been recorded on loans accounted for on a non-accrual  basis
if such loans had been current according to the original loan agreements for the
entire period. These amounts were not included in the Bank's interest income for
the respective periods.  The amount of interest income on loans accounted for on
a  non-accrual  basis that was  included in income  during the same  periods was
insignificant  during September 30, 1998. At September 30, 1998, the Bank had no
loans classified as troubled debt restructurings.

         Classified   Assets.   Management,   in  compliance   with   regulatory
guidelines,  has instituted an internal loan review  program,  whereby loans are
classified as special  mention,  substandard,  doubtful or loss.  When a loan is
classified  as  substandard  or doubtful,  management is required to establish a
valuation  reserve  for loan losses in an amount  that is deemed  prudent.  When
management  classifies  a loan as a loss asset,  a reserve  equal to 100% of the
loan  balance is required to be  established  or the loan is to be  charged-off.
This  allowance  for loan losses is composed of an allowance  for both  inherent
risk associated with lending activities and particular problem assets.

         An asset is considered "substandard" if it is inadequately protected by
the paying capacity and net worth of the obligor or the collateral  pledged,  if
any.  Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility
that the insured  institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not
corrected.  Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in
those classified substandard,  with the added characteristic that the weaknesses
present  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  highly  questionable  and
improbable,  on the basis of currently existing facts,  conditions,  and values.
Assets classified as loss are those considered  uncollectible and of such little
value that their  continuance  as assets  without  the  establishment  of a loss
reserve is not  warranted.  Assets  which do not  currently  expose the  insured
institution to a sufficient  degree of risk to warrant  classification in one of
the  aforementioned  categories  but possess  credit  deficiencies  or potential
weaknesses  are required to be  designated  special  mention by  management.  In
addition,  each  loan  that  exceeds  $500,000  and  each  group of loans to one
borrower that exceeds  $500,000 is monitored more closely due to the potentially
greater losses from such loans.

         Management's  evaluation  of  the  classification  of  assets  and  the
adequacy of the  allowance for loan losses is reviewed by the Board on a regular
basis and by the regulatory agencies as part of their examination process.

                                                        At
                                                   September 30,
                                                       1998
                                                   -------------
                                                  (In thousands)

Special mention.............................         $  717
Substandard.................................          1,119
Doubtful....................................             --
                                                     ------
     Total..................................         $1,836
                                                      =====


         Allowance  for Loan  Losses  and  REO.  The  Bank  segregates  the loan
portfolio for loan losses into the following broad categories:  residential real
estate, commercial real estate, commercial loans, home equity loans and lines of
credit,  automobile loans including both direct and dealer  originated loans and
other  consumer  loans.  The Bank  provides for a general  allowance  for losses
inherent  in the  portfolio  by the  above  categories,  which  consists  of two
components.  General  loss  percentages  are  calculated  based upon  historical
analyses  and  other  factors.  A  supplemental  portion  of  the  allowance  is
calculated for inherent  losses which  probably exist as of the evaluation  date
even though they might not have been

                                       39





identified  by the more  objective  processes  used.  This is due to the risk of
error and/or inherent imprecision in the process.  This portion of the allowance
is particularly  subjective and requires judgments based on qualitative  factors
which do not lend themselves to exact mathematical  calculations such as: trends
in delinquencies and nonaccruals; trends in volume, terms and portfolio mix; new
credit  products;  changes in lending  policies and  procedures;  changes in the
outlook  for  the  local,   regional  and  national  economy;   and  peer  group
comparisons.

         At  least  quarterly,  the  Bank's  management  evaluates  the  need to
establish  reserves  against losses on loans and other assets based on estimated
losses on specific loans and on any real estate held for sale or investment when
a  finding  is made  that a loss is  estimable  and  probable.  Such  evaluation
includes  a  review  of all  loans  for  which  full  collectibility  may not be
reasonably  assured and  considers,  among other matters,  the estimated  market
value of the  underlying  collateral of problem  loans,  prior loss  experience,
economic conditions and overall portfolio quality.

         Provisions for losses are charged  against  earnings in the period they
are  established.  The Bank had $2.6  million in  allowances  for loan losses at
September 30, 1998.

         While the Bank believes it has established  its existing  allowance for
loan losses in accordance with GAAP,  there can be no assurance that regulators,
in  reviewing  the  Bank's  loan  portfolio,   will  not  request  the  Bank  to
significantly  increase its allowance for loan losses,  or that general economic
conditions,  a deteriorating real estate market, or other factors will not cause
the Bank to  significantly  increase its allowance  for loans losses,  therefore
negatively affecting the Bank's financial condition and earnings.

         In  making  loans,  the Bank  recognizes  that  credit  losses  will be
experienced  and that the risk of loss will vary with,  among other things,  the
type of loan being made, the  creditworthiness  of the borrower over the term of
the loan and, in the case of a secured loan, the quality of the security for the
loan.

         During 1998, the Bank's charge-offs  increased to $474,000 from $68,000
in  1997.  The  increase  in  charge-offs  related  primarily  to  loans  to two
borrowers.  One loan was  secured by a small  shopping  center that the Bank had
been  litigating for several years.  Final  resolution and repayment of the loan
occurred in 1998 with the Bank incurring a loss approximating $140,000.  Another
large charge-off  involved loans made to a local builder for the construction of
single family  houses.  The Bank  foreclosed on the  properties and recognized a
charge-off of $110,000 in 1998.  See further  discussion of these loans under --
"Non Performing Assets."

         It is the Bank's  policy to review its loan  portfolio,  in  accordance
with  regulatory  classification  procedures,  on at  least a  quarterly  basis.
Additionally,  the Bank maintains a program of reviewing loan applications prior
to making the loan and immediately after loans are made in an effort to maintain
loan quality.


                                       40






         The following table sets forth  information  with respect to the Bank's
allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated:



                                                                                     At September 30,
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1998            1997            1996            1995            1994
                                                           ----            ----            ----            ----            ----
                                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)

                                                                                                              
Allowance balance (at beginning of period).......       $  2,633        $  2,385        $  1,902        $  1,902        $  1,942
                                                         -------         -------         -------         -------         -------
Provision for loan losses........................            405             317             600              75             188
                                                         -------         -------         -------         -------         -------
Charge-offs:
  Residential....................................           (218)            (19)            (70)            (55)           (163)
  Commercial real estate.........................           (146)            (12)             --              --              --
  Consumer.......................................           (110)            (38)            (49)            (20)            (65)
                                                         -------          ------          ------         -------         -------
Total charge-offs................................           (474)            (69)           (119)            (75)           (228)
Recoveries.......................................             --              --               2              --              --
                                                           -----           -----           -----          ------          ------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries.....................           (474)            (69)           (117)            (75)           (228)
                                                            -----          ------           -----          ------         -------
Allowance balance (at end of period).............       $  2,564        $  2,633        $  2,385        $  1,902        $  1,902
                                                         =======         =======         =======         =======         =======

Total loans outstanding..........................       $338,610        $355,551        $321,327        $260,675        $247,943
                                                         =======         =======         =======         =======         =======
Average loans outstanding........................       $339,218        $339,992        $288,901        $261,259        $248,729
                                                         =======         =======         =======         =======         =======
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of
total loans outstanding..........................            .76%            .74%            .74%            .73%            .78%
Net loans charged off as a percent of
average loans outstanding........................            .14%            .02%            .04%            .03%            .09%




         Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth
the allocation of the Bank's  allowance for loan losses by loan category and the
percent of loans in each category to total loans  receivable,  net, at the dates
indicated.  The  portion  of the loan  loss  allowance  allocated  to each  loan
category  does not  represent  the total  available  for future losses which may
occur  within  the loan  category  since the  total  loan  loss  allowance  is a
valuation reserve applicable to the entire loan portfolio.



                                                                      At September 30,
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1998                            1997                           1996
                                  ----------------------------     --------------------------     ----------------------------
                                                   Percent of                      Percent of                     Percent of
                                                    Loans to                        Loans to                       Loans to
                                      Amount       Total Loans       Amount       Total Loans       Amount        Total Loans
                                      ------       -----------       ------       -----------       ------        -----------
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                                     
At end of period allocated
to:
Residential..................         $1,521           75.9%         $1,760           75.3%         $1,620            79.6%
Multi-family.................             17            1.2              --            1.1              --             1.4
Commercial real estate and
land.........................            315            6.7             358            5.0             350             2.7
Consumer.....................            711           16.2             515           18.6             415            16.3
                                      ------        -------          ------        -------          ------         -------
Total allowance..............         $2,564         100.00%         $2,633         100.00%         $2,385          100.00%
                                       =====         ======           =====         ======           =====          ======




                                       41





Investment Activities

         General. Federally chartered savings banks have the authority to invest
in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury obligations,
securities of various Federal agencies (including  securities  collateralized by
mortgages),  certain  certificates  of  deposits  of insured  banks and  savings
institutions, municipal securities, corporate debt securities and loans to other
banking institutions.

         The Bank  maintains  liquid  assets  which may be invested in specified
short-term   securities  and  certain  other  investments.   See  "Regulation  -
Regulation  of the Bank -  Federal  Home  Loan Bank  System"  and  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations -
Liquidity and Capital Resources". Liquidity levels may be increased or decreased
depending  upon the  yields on  investment  alternatives  and upon  management's
judgment as to the  attractiveness  of the yields then  available in relation to
other  opportunities  and its  expectation  of future yield  levels,  as well as
management's projections as to the short-term demand for funds to be used in the
Bank's loan origination and other  activities.  The Bank maintains an investment
securities  portfolio and a mortgage-backed  securities portfolio as part of its
investment  portfolio.  At  September  30,  1998,  the  Bank  had an  investment
securities   portfolio  of  $33.7   million   (8.0%  of  total  assets)  and  a
mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio of $27.3 million (6.5% of total  assets),
consisting  primarily of U.S.  government agency  obligations.  At September 30,
1998, the market value of the investment  securities portfolio was $33.7 million
and the  market  value of the  mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio  was $27.1
million. See Notes 2 and 3 of the financial statements.

         Investment  Policies.  The  investment  policy  of the  Bank,  which is
established  by the Board of  Directors,  is  designed  to foster  earnings  and
liquidity within prudent interest rate risk guidelines,  while complementing the
Bank's lending  activities.  The policy provides for available for sale, held to
maturity and trading classifications. However, the Bank does not currently use a
trading  classification  and does not  anticipate  doing so in the  future.  The
policy permits  investments in high credit quality  instruments with diversified
cash  flows  while  permitting  the Bank to  maximize  total  return  within the
guidelines set forth in the Bank's  interest rate risk and liquidity  management
policy.  Permitted  investments  include but are not limited to U. S. government
obligations,  government  agency  or  government-sponsored  agency  obligations,
state,  county  and  municipal  obligations,   mortgage  backed  securities  and
collateralized    mortgage    obligations    guaranteed    by    government   or
government-sponsored  agencies,  investment grade corporate debt securities, and
commercial  paper. The Bank also invests in FHLB overnight  deposits and federal
funds,  but  these  instruments  are  not  considered  part  of  the  investment
portfolio.

         The policy also includes several  specific  guidelines and restrictions
to insure  adherence  with  safe and  sound  activities.  The  policy  prohibits
investments  in high risk mortgage  derivative  products (as defined  within its
policy)  without prior  approval from the Board of  Directors.  Management  must
demonstrate the business advantage of such investments.  In addition, the policy
limits the maximum amount of the investment in a specific  investment  category.
The Bank does not participate in hedging programs, interest rate swaps, or other
activities   involving  the  use  of  off-balance  sheet  derivative   financial
instruments. Further, the Bank does not invest in securities which are not rated
investment grade.

         The Board through its Investment and Asset Liability Committee ("ALCO")
has  charged  the  Chief  Financial   Officer  to  implement  the  policy.   All
transactions  are  reported to the Board of Directors  monthly,  with the entire
portfolio  reported  quarterly,  including  market values and  unrealized  gains
(losses).


                                       42





         Investment  Securities.  The Bank  maintains a portfolio of  investment
securities,  classified  as either  available  for sale or held to maturity,  to
enhance total return on  investments.  At September 30, 1998,  all of the Bank's
investment  securities  were U.S.  Government  Agency  obligations  with varying
characteristics  as to rate,  maturity  and  call  provisions.  Callable  agency
securities,  representing 79.0% of the Bank's U.S. Government Agency obligations
at  September  30,  1998,  could  reduce  the Bank's  investment  yield if these
securities are called prior to maturity.

         Mortgage-backed   Securities.   The  Bank  invests  in  mortgage-backed
securities to provide earnings,  liquidity,  cash flows, and  diversification to
the  Banks'  overall  balance  sheet.  These   mortgage-backed   securities  are
classified as either  available for sale or held to maturity.  These  securities
are participation  certificates issued and guaranteed by the Government National
Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA"),  the FNMA and the  Federal  Home Loan  Mortgage
Corporation   ("FHLMC")   and  secured  by  interest  in  pools  of   mortgages.
Mortgage-backed  securities  typically  represent a participation  interest in a
pool of single-family or multi-family  mortgages,  although the Bank focuses its
investments on mortgage-backed securities secured by single-family mortgages.

         Expected  maturities  will differ from  contractual  maturities  due to
scheduled  repayments and because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

         Mortgage-backed  securities  typically are issued with stated principal
amounts.  The  securities  are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with
interest  rates that are  within a set range and have  varying  maturities.  The
underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either  fixed-rate or adjustable
rate mortgage  loans.  Mortgage-backed  securities are generally  referred to as
mortgage participation certificates or pass-through  certificates.  The interest
rate risk characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages (i.e.,  fixed-rate
or  adjustable-rate)  and the prepayment  risk, are passed on to the certificate
holder. The life of a mortgage-backed pass-through security is equal to the life
of the underlying mortgages.

         Collateralized  Mortgage Obligations ("CMOs"). The Bank also invests in
CMOs,  issued or sponsored by FNMA and FHLMC.  CMOs are a type of debt  security
that aggregates  pools of mortgages and  mortgage-backed  securities and creates
different  classes of CMO securities  with varying  maturities and  amortization
schedules as well as a residual  interest with each class having  different risk
characteristics.  The cash  flows from the  underlying  collateral  are  usually
divided into "tranches" or classes whereby  tranches have descending  priorities
with  respect to the  distribution  of principal  and interest  repayment of the
underlying  mortgages and mortgage-backed  securities as opposed to pass through
mortgage-backed  securities  where  cash flows are  distributed  pro rata to all
security  holders.  Unlike  mortgage  backed-securities  from which cash flow is
received and prepayment risk is shared pro rata by all securities holders,  cash
flows from the mortgages and mortgage-backed securities underlying CMOs are paid
in  accordance  with a  predetermined  priority  to  investors  holding  various
tranches of such  securities or obligations.  A particular  tranche or class may
carry  prepayment  risk  which  may be  different  from  that of the  underlying
collateral  and other  tranches.  Investing  in CMOs allows the Bank to moderate
reinvestment risk resulting from unexpected  prepayment activity associated with
conventional  mortgage-backed  securities.  Management believes these securities
represent attractive  alternatives relative to other investments due to the wide
variety of maturity, repayment and interest rate options available.

         Other   Securities.   Other  securities  used  by  the  Bank,  but  not
necessarily included in the investment portfolio,  consist of equity securities,
interest-bearing  deposits  and federal  funds  sold.  Equity  securities  owned
consist of a $2.9  million  investment  in FHLB of Atlanta  common  stock  (this
amount is not  shown in the  securities  portfolio).  As a member of the FHLB of
Atlanta, ownership of FHLB of

                                       43





Atlanta   common   shares  is  required.   The  remaining   securities   provide
diversification and complement the Bank's overall investment strategy.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  carrying  value of the  Bank's
investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolio at the dates indicated.



                                                                          At September 30,
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1998               1997               1996
                                                               ------             ------             -----
                                                                           (In thousands)

                                                                                              
Securities Held to Maturity:
 U.S. Government Agency Securities..................           $ 8,998            $27,993           $34,983
 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations................             9,738              9,819             9,818
                                                                ------             ------            ------
 Total Securities Held to Maturity..................            18,736             37,812            44,801
                                                                ------             ------            ------

Securities Available for Sale (at fair value):
 U.S. Government Agency Securities .................            24,711             31,126            38,501
 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations................             3,229                 --                --
 Mortgage-Backed Securities.........................            14,285              5,635             6,619
 Mutual Funds.......................................                --                 --             9,920
                                                                ------             ------            ------
 Total Securities Available for Sale................            42,225             36,761            55,040
                                                                ------             ------            ------

 Total Investment and
   Mortgage-Backed Securities.......................           $60,961            $74,573           $99,841
                                                                ======             ======            ======






                                       44







         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
carrying values, weighted average yields and maturities of the Bank's investment
and mortgage-backed securities portfolio at September 30, 1998.



                                                                       At September 30, 1998
                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                      Total
                                 One Year or Less   One to Five Years Five to Ten Years More than Ten Years  Investment Securities
                                 ----------------   ----------------- ----------------- -------------------  ---------------------
                                Carrying  Average   Carrying  Average Carrying  Average Carrying   Average  Carrying Average Market
                                  Value    Yield      Value    Yield   Value     Yield    Value     Yield     Value   Yield   Value
                                 -------  -------   --------  ------- -------   -------  -------   -------   ------- ------- ------
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                                  
U.S. Government Agency
  Securities..................   $ 4,999   5.71%     $21,620    5.92%   $7,090   6.79%    $   --      --%    $33,709   6.10% $33,677
Mortgage-backed securities:
  Adjustable rate.............    10,082   5.35           --      --        --     --         --      --      10,082   5.35   10,082
  Fixed rate..................        --     --           --      --     4,203   6.18         --      --       4,203   6.18    4,203
  Collateralized mortgage
    obligations...............     9,738   5.94           --      --        --     --      3,229    5.76      12,967   5.90   12,784
                                 -------   ----      -------   -----    ------  -----     ------    ----      ------   ----  -------
  Total.......................   $24,819   5.65%     $21,620    5.92%  $11,293   6.56%    $3,229    5.76%    $60,691   5.94% $60,746
                                  ======   ====       ======   =====    ======   ====     ======    ====      ======   ====   ======




                                       45





Sources of Funds

         General.  Deposits are the major source of the Bank's funds for lending
and other investment purposes.  Borrowings  (principally from the FHLB) are used
to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from other sources. In
addition  to  deposits  and  borrowings,  the Bank  derives  funds from loan and
mortgage-backed securities principal repayments, and proceeds from the maturity,
call and sale of mortgage-backed securities and investment securities.  Loan and
mortgage-backed  securities  payments are a relatively  stable  source of funds,
while deposit inflows are significantly influenced by general interest rates and
money market conditions.

         Deposits.  The Bank  offers a variety of deposit  accounts,  although a
majority  of  deposits  are in  fixed-term,  market-rate  certificate  accounts.
Deposit account terms vary, primarily as to the required minimum balance amount,
the amount of time that the funds  must  remain on  deposit  and the  applicable
interest rate.

         The Bank's current  deposit  products  include  certificates of deposit
accounts  ranging  in  terms  from 90 days to five  years  as well as  checking,
savings and money market  accounts.  Individual  retirement  accounts (IRAs) are
included in these accounts, depending on the customers investment preference.

         Deposits  are  obtained  primarily  from  residents of Polk and Manatee
Counties.  The Bank attracts deposit accounts by offering  outstanding  service,
competitive interest rates, and convenient locations and service hours. The Bank
uses  traditional  methods of advertising to attract new customers and deposits,
including radio, cable television,  direct mail and print media advertising. The
Bank does not utilize the services of deposit  brokers and  management  believes
that an  insignificant  number of deposit  accounts are held by non-residents of
Florida.

         The Bank pays  interest on its deposits  which are  competitive  in its
market.  Interest rates on deposits are set weekly by senior  management,  based
upon a number of factors,  including:  (1)  projected  cash flow;  (2) a current
survey of a selected  group of  competitors'  rates for  similar  products;  (3)
external data which may influence  interest rates; (4) investment  opportunities
and  loan  demand;  and  (5)  scheduled  certificate  maturities  and  loan  and
investment repayments.

         Because  of the large  percentage  of  certificates  of  deposit in the
deposit  portfolio  (74.4% at September 30, 1998), the Bank's liquidity could be
reduced if a significant  amount of certificates  of deposit,  maturing within a
short  period  of  time,  were  not  renewed.  A  significant   portion  of  the
certificates  of deposit  remain  with the Bank  after they  mature and the Bank
believes  that this  will  continue.  However,  the need to  retain  these  time
deposits could result in an increase in the Bank's cost of funds.


                                       46







         Deposits in the Bank as of September  30,  1998,  were  represented  by
various types of savings programs described below.



                                                                          Minimum               Balance at           Percentage of
Category                    Term                Interest Rate(1)      Balance Amount        September 30, 1998      Total Deposits
- --------                    ----                ----------------      --------------        ------------------      --------------
                                                                                              (In thousands)
                                                                                                          
Checking Accounts           None                       0-2.25%            $       --              $34,949                 9.9%
Savings Accounts            None                         1.75%            $       --               37,758                10.7
Money Market Accounts                                    4.75%(2)         $       --               18,091                 5.2

Certificates of Deposit:
All Other CD's                                             Various        $     500                23,971                 6.8
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate      4-6 Months                   4.50%            $     500                31,672                 9.0
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate      7-12 Months                  4.75%            $     500                61,864                17.6
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate      13-24 Months                 5.00%            $     500                29,458                 8.4
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate      25-36 Months                 5.05%            $     500                 7,728                 2.2
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate      37-48 Months                 5.10%            $     500                 2,877                  .8
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate      49-60 Months                 5.10%            $     500                51,432                14.6
Fixed Term, Fixed Rate      12-18 Months                 4.75%            $     500                 3,390                  .9
Jumbo Certificates                              Same as above             $  75,000                 3,312                  .9
Jumbo Certificates                              Same as above             $ 100,000                45,678                13.0
                                                                                                  -------               -----
                            Total                                                                $352,180               100.0%
                                                                                                  =======               =====
                                                   
                                                                 

- ---------------
(1)  Interest rate offerings as of September 30, 1998.
(2)  Tiered-rate shown is for highest tier.



         The following table sets forth the time deposits in the Bank classified
by interest rate as of the dates indicated.


                                                 At September 30,
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                       1998             1997            1996
                                       ----             ----            ----
                                                   (In thousands)
Interest Rate
4.00% or less..................    $       66        $   1,959       $   2,206
4.00-4.99%.....................        53,555            7,334          73,958
5.00-5.99%.....................       130,910          228,331         178,519
6.00-6.99%.....................        74,719           92,676          51,949
7.00-7.99%.....................         2,132            2,696           7,210
                                      -------          -------         -------
  Total........................      $261,382         $332,996        $313,842
                                      =======          =======         =======



                                       47








         The  following  table  sets forth the  amount  and  maturities  of time
deposits at September 30, 1998.



                                                          Amount Due
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                After
                        September 30,    September 30,      September 30,    September 30,
Interest Rate               1999            2000               2001              2002            Total
- -------------               -----          ------             ------            ------          ---------
                                                        (In thousands)
                                                                                     
4.00% or less.........     $    51          $    15          $      --           $    --        $     66
4.00-4.99%............      53,089              466                 --                --          53,555
5.00-5.99%............      84,818           27,795              9,034             9,263         130,910
6.00-6.99%............      27,447           23,781              2,680            20,811          74,719
7.00-7.99%............          --            2,132                 --                --           2,132
                                                                                                 -------
  Total                                                                                         $261,382
                                                                                                ========





         The  following  table  shows the amount of the Bank's  certificates  of
deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of September 30,
1998.

                                                Certificates
Maturity Period                                  of Deposits
                                              (In thousands)
Within three months...................               $12,031
Three through six months..............                 8,611
Six through twelve months.............                 9,974
Over twelve months....................                15,062
                                                      ------
                                                     $45,678
                                                     =======



         The following  table sets forth the deposit  activities of the Bank for
the periods indicated:



                                                                Years Ended September 30,
                                                                -------------------------
                                                        1998               1997               1996
                                                        ----               ----               ----
                                                                      (In thousands)
                                                                                       
Net increase (decrease) before interest credited...  $(35,158)            $11,843           $(7,262)
Deposits sold in January 1998......................   (55,305)                 --                --
Interest credited..................................    12,931              13,687            13,852
                                                      -------              ------            ------
Net increase (decrease) deposits...................  $(77,532)            $25,530           $ 6,590
                                                      =======              ======            ======



         After reviewing its funding alternatives and related costs in 1998, the
Bank decided to reduce its premium pricing on certain  certificate  accounts and
began  pricing other deposit  accounts more  competitively  to reduce the Bank's
overall cost of funds. Accordingly,  the Bank experienced a reduction in deposit
balances, primarily in certificate accounts, for 1998.

                                       48






         Borrowings.  Deposits  are the  primary  source of funds of the  Bank's
lending and investment  activities and for its general  business  purposes.  The
Bank, as the need arises or in order to take advantage of funding opportunities,
may borrow funds in the form of advances from the FHLB to supplement  its supply
of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the
FHLB are typically  secured by the Bank's stock in the FHLB and a portion of the
Bank's   residential   mortgage  loans  and  may  be  secured  by  other  assets
(principally  securities  which are  obligations  of or  guaranteed  by the U.S.
Government).   The  Bank   typically  has  funded  loan  demand  and  investment
opportunities  out of current loan and  mortgage-backed  securities  repayments,
investment maturities and new deposits.  However, the Bank recently has utilized
FHLB advances to supplement  these sources and as a match against certain assets
in order to better manage  interest rate risk.  See Note 8 to Notes to Financial
Statements.

Subsidiary Activity

         The Bank is permitted to invest its assets in the capital  stock of, or
originate secured or unsecured loans to, subsidiary corporations.  The Bank does
not have any subsidiaries.

Personnel

         As of September 30, 1998,  the Bank had 150 full-time  employees and 10
part-time  employees.   The  employees  are  not  represented  by  a  collective
bargaining  unit.  The Bank believes its  relationship  with its employees to be
satisfactory.

Competition

         The Bank faces strong competition in its attraction of deposits,  which
are its primary  source of funds for  lending,  and in the  origination  of real
estate,  commercial and consumer loans. The Bank's  competition for deposits and
loans historically has come from local and regional  commercial banks and credit
unions  located in the Bank's market area.  The Bank also competes with mortgage
banking  companies  for real  estate  loans,  and  commercial  banks and savings
institutions for consumer loans;  and faces  competition for investor funds from
mutual fund  accounts,  short-term  money  funds and  corporate  and  government
securities.  The Bank's  primary  market  area is Polk and  Manatee  Counties in
Florida.

         The Bank competes for loans by charging  competitive interest rates and
loan fees,  and  emphasizing  outstanding  service for its  customers.  The Bank
offers  consumer  banking  services  such  as  checking  and  savings  accounts,
certificates of deposit, retirement accounts, overdraft protection, and consumer
and mortgage  loans.  The Bank also provides  drive-up  facilities  and offers a
debit card program.  The Bank has recently added five ATMs and plans to purchase
additional ATMs for its remaining branches during the next year. The emphasis on
outstanding  services  differentiates  the Bank in its competition for deposits.
The Bank offers  overall  market  rates on  deposits.  Although  the Bank is the
largest  locally based  financial  institution  in terms of deposit share in its
primary market area, many of the regional  commercial banking competitors of the
Bank offer a much broader array of services and products.


                                       49





Properties and Equipment

         The Bank's  executive  offices are located at 205 East Orange Street in
Lakeland,  Florida.  The Bank conducts its business through nine offices,  which
are located in Polk and Manatee  Counties in Florida.  The following  table sets
forth the location of each of the Bank's offices, the year the office was opened
and the net book value of each office and its related equipment.



                                                      Year                                 Net Book
                                                    Facility                               Value at
                                                    Opened or         Leased or          September 30,
Building/Office Location                            Acquired            Owned                1998
- ------------------------                            ---------          -------              -----
                                                                                              
Main Office/Corporate Headquarters                    1957              Owned                  $ 2,300,000
Branch Offices:                                                                       
  Grove Park                                          1961              Owned                      255,000
  Highlands                                           1972              Owned                      455,000
  Interstate                                          1985              Owned                      440,000
  Winter Haven North                                  1978              Owned                      433,000
  Winter Haven South                                  1995              Owned                      874,000
  West Bradenton                                      1989              Owned                      744,000
  Cortez (Bradenton)                                  1972              Leased(1)                   63,000
  Scott Lake                                          1997              Owned                      700,000
Operations Center                                     1964              Owned                      288,000



- --------------
(1)      This is a five-year  lease that  terminates  December 31, 2003, but has
         two three-year renewal options.

         As of  September  30,  1998,  the net book  value  of land,  buildings,
furniture,  and  equipment  owned by the Bank,  less  accumulated  depreciation,
totalled $6.8 million.

         At September 30, 1998,  the Bank held two additional  properties  which
formerly  housed  branches  that were sold in  connection  with the Branch Sale.
These properties were under contract for sale to another  financial  institution
which was leasing the sites from the Bank pending  closing.  In connection  with
the sale of these properties, the Bank has agreed to indemnify the purchaser for
the costs of obtaining closure with state  environmental  authorities  regarding
the necessity of further remediation of certain  environmental  contamination on
the sites due to outside  sources.  The sale of one  property  was  completed in
December  1998 after the Bank  received a notice of no further  action  required
from the State of Florida.  Closing on the other  property is  scheduled to take
place on or before April 15, 1999. The Bank does not currently  anticipate  that
it will  incur  additional  material  expense  associated  with the sale of this
property.

Legal Proceedings

         The Bank,  from time to time, is a party to routine  litigation,  which
arises in the  normal  course of  business,  such as  claims to  enforce  liens,
condemnation  proceedings  on  properties  in  which  the  Bank  holds  security
interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans, and
other  issues  incident  to the  business  of the Bank.  There were no  lawsuits
pending or known to be contemplated  against the Bank at September 30, 1998 that
would have a material effect on our operations or income.

                                       50






                                   REGULATION

         Set forth below is a brief  description of certain laws which relate to
the regulation of the Bank and the Company.  The description does not purport to
be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and
regulations.

Regulation of the Bank

         General. As a federally  chartered,  SAIF-insured  savings association,
the Bank is subject to  extensive  regulation  by the OTS and the FDIC.  Lending
activities  and  other  investments  must  comply  with  federal  statutory  and
regulatory requirements. The Bank is also subject to reserve requirements of the
Federal  Reserve  System.  Federal  regulation  and  supervision  establishes  a
comprehensive  framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is
intended  primarily for the  protection of the SAIF and members.  The regulatory
structure  also  gives  the  regulatory   authorities  extensive  discretion  in
connection with their  supervisory  and  enforcement  activities and examination
policies,  including  policies with respect to the  classification of assets and
the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.

         The  OTS  regularly   examines  the  Bank  and  prepares   reports  for
consideration by the Bank's board of directors on deficiencies, if any, found in
the Bank's operations. The Bank's relationship with its members and borrowers is
also  regulated by federal law,  especially  in such matters as the ownership of
savings accounts and the form and content of the Bank's mortgage documents.

         The Bank must file  reports  with the OTS and the FDIC  concerning  its
activities and financial  condition,  and must obtain regulatory approvals prior
to entering into certain  transactions  such as mergers with or  acquisitions of
other financial  institutions.  Any change in such  regulations,  whether by the
OTS,  the FDIC or the United  States  Congress,  could  have a material  adverse
impact on the Company and the Bank, and their operations.

         Insurance of Deposit  Accounts.  The deposit  accounts held by the Bank
are insured by the SAIF to a maximum of  $100,000  for each  insured  member (as
defined by law and  regulation).  Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the
FDIC  upon a finding  that the  institution  has  engaged  in unsafe or  unsound
practices,  is in an unsafe or unsound  condition to continue  operations or has
violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the
FDIC or the institution's primary regulator.

         As a member of the SAIF, the Bank paid an insurance premium to the FDIC
equal to a minimum of 0.23% of its total  deposits  during 1996 and prior years.
The FDIC also maintains another insurance fund, the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"),
which primarily insures commercial bank deposits.  In 1996, the annual insurance
premium for most BIF members was lowered to $2,000. The lower insurance premiums
for BIF  members  placed  SAIF  members  at a  competitive  disadvantage  to BIF
members.

         Effective  September  30,  1996,  federal  law was revised to mandate a
one-time  special  assessment on SAIF members such as the Bank of  approximately
0.657% of  deposits  held on March 31,  1995.  Beginning  January 1,  1997,  the
deposit  insurance  assessment  for most SAIF  members  was reduced to 0.064% of
deposits on an annual  basis  through the end of 1999.  During this same period,
BIF  members  will be assessed  approximately  0.013% of  deposits.  After 1999,
assessments  for BIF and SAIF members  should be the same.  It is expected  that
these continuing assessments for both SAIF and BIF members

                                       51





will be used to repay outstanding Financing  Corporation bond obligations.  As a
result  of these  changes,  beginning  January  1,  1997,  the  rate of  deposit
insurance assessed the Bank declined by approximately 70%.

         Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.   OTS  capital  regulations  require
savings institutions to meet three capital standards: (1) tangible capital equal
to 1.5% of total adjusted assets, (2) core capital equal to at least 3% of total
adjusted assets, and (3) risk-based  capital equal to 8% of total  risk-weighted
assets.  The Bank's capital ratios are set forth under "Historical and Pro Forma
Capital Compliance."

         Tangible capital is defined as core capital less all intangible  assets
(including  supervisory  goodwill),  less certain mortgage  servicing rights and
less certain investments. Core capital is defined as common stockholders' equity
(including  retained  earnings),  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock and
minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries,  certain
nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of mutual savings associations and
qualifying supervisory goodwill,  less nonqualifying  intangible assets, certain
mortgage servicing rights and certain investments.

         The risk-based capital standard for savings  institutions  requires the
maintenance of total  risk-based  capital (which is defined as core capital plus
supplementary  capital)  of  8%  of  risk-weighted  assets.  The  components  of
supplementary capital include, among other items, cumulative perpetual preferred
stock,  perpetual  subordinated debt, mandatory  convertible  subordinated debt,
intermediate-term  preferred  stock,  and the portion of the  allowance for loan
losses not designated for specific loan losses. The portion of the allowance for
loan and lease  losses  includable  in  supplementary  capital  is  limited to a
maximum of 1.25% of  risk-weighted  assets.  Overall,  supplementary  capital is
limited  to 100% of core  capital.  A savings  association  must  calculate  its
risk-weighted  assets by multiplying  each asset and  off-balance  sheet item by
various risk factors as determined  by the OTS,  which range from 0% for cash to
100% for delinquent  loans,  property acquired through  foreclosure,  commercial
loans, and other assets.

         The OTS has  adopted a rule  requiring  a  deduction  from  capital for
institutions  with certain  levels of interest rate risk. The OTS calculates the
sensitivity of an  institution's  net portfolio value based on data submitted by
the institution in a schedule to its quarterly Thrift Financial Report and using
the interest rate risk  measurement  model adopted by the OTS. The amount of the
interest rate risk component, if any, to be deducted from an institution's total
capital will be based on the  institution's  Thrift  Financial  Report filed two
quarters  earlier.  Federal savings  institutions with less than $300 million in
assets and a risk-based capital ratio above 12% are generally exempt from filing
the interest rate risk schedule with their Thrift  Financial  Reports.  However,
the OTS may require any exempt  institution  that it determines  may have a high
level of interest rate risk exposure to file such schedule on a quarterly  basis
and may be subject to an additional capital  requirement based upon its level of
interest rate risk as compared to its peers.

         Dividend and Other Capital  Distribution  Limitations.  The OTS imposes
various  restrictions or requirements on the ability of savings  institutions to
make capital distributions, including dividend payments.

         OTS regulations  impose  limitations upon all capital  distributions by
savings  institutions,  such  as  cash  dividends,  payments  to  repurchase  or
otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in
a cash-out merger,  and other  distributions  charged against capital.  The rule
establishes  three tiers of  institutions  based  primarily on an  institution's
capital level. An institution that exceeds all capital  requirements  before and
after a proposed capital  distribution  ("Tier 1 institution")  and has not been
advised by the OTS that it is in need of more than the normal  supervision  can,
after prior

                                       52





notice but without the approval of the OTS, make capital  distributions during a
calendar  year equal to the greater of (i) 100% of its net income to date during
the  calendar  year plus the amount that would  reduce by one-half  its "surplus
capital   ratio"  (the  excess   capital  over  its  fully   phased-in   capital
requirements)  at the  beginning  of the calendar  year,  or (ii) 75% of its net
income  over  the  most  recent  four-quarter  period.  Any  additional  capital
distributions  require prior  regulatory  notice.  As of September 30, 1998, the
Bank was a Tier 1 institution.

         In the event  the  Bank's  capital  falls  below  its  fully  phased-in
requirement  or the OTS  notified  it that  it was in need of more  than  normal
supervision,  the Bank would  become a Tier 2 or Tier 3  institution  and,  as a
result, its ability to make capital  distributions  could be restricted.  Tier 2
institutions,  which  are  institutions  that  before  and  after  the  proposed
distribution  meet their current  minimum  capital  requirements,  may only make
capital  distributions  of  up to  75%  of  net  income  over  the  most  recent
four-quarter  period.  Tier 3 institutions,  which are institutions  that do not
meet  current  minimum  capital  requirements  and  propose to make any  capital
distribution,   and  Tier  2  institutions   that  propose  to  make  a  capital
distribution in excess of the noted safe harbor level,  must obtain OTS approval
prior to  making  such  distribution.  In  addition,  the OTS could  prohibit  a
proposed  capital  distribution  by any  institution,  which would  otherwise be
permitted by the regulation,  if the OTS determines that such distribution would
constitute  an unsafe or unsound  practice.  The OTS  recently  relaxed  certain
approval and notice requirements for well-capitalized institutions.

         In January 1998, the OTS proposed amendments to its current regulations
with  respect  to  capital  distributions  by  savings  associations.  Under the
proposed regulation,  savings associations that would remain at least adequately
capitalized  following the capital  distribution,  and that meet other specified
requirements,  would not be required to file a notice or application for capital
distributions (such as cash dividends)  declared below specified amounts.  Under
the proposed  regulation,  savings associations which are eligible for expedited
treatment  under current OTS regulations are not required to file a notice or an
application  with the OTS if (i) the savings  association  would remain at least
adequately capitalized following the capital distribution and (ii) the amount of
capital   distribution   does  not  exceed  an  amount   equal  to  the  savings
association's  net income for that year to date, plus the savings  association's
retained  net  income  for the  previous  two years.  Thus,  under the  proposed
regulation,  only  undistributed  net  income  for the  prior  two  years may be
distributed in addition to the current year's  undistributed  net income without
the filing of an application  with the OTS.  Savings  associations  which do not
qualify for expedited  treatment or which desire to make a capital  distribution
in excess of the specified amount, must file an application with, and obtain the
approval  of, the OTS prior to making the capital  distribution.  Under  certain
other circumstances, savings associations will be required to file a notice with
OTS prior to making the capital  distribution.  The OTS proposed  limitations on
capital  distributions  are similar to the  limitations  imposed  upon  national
banks.  We are unable to predict  whether or when the proposed  regulation  will
become effective.

         A federal  savings  institution  is  prohibited  from  making a capital
distribution if, after making the distribution, the savings institution would be
undercapitalized  (i.e.,  not meet  any one of its  minimum  regulatory  capital
requirements).   Further,  a  federal  savings   institution  cannot  distribute
regulatory capital that is needed for its liquidation account.

         Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Federal savings  institutions must meet a
qualified thrift lender ("QTL") test or they become subject to certain operating
restrictions.   If  we  maintain  an  appropriate   level  of  qualified  thrift
investments ("QTIs") (primarily  residential  mortgages and related investments,
including certain  mortgage-related  securities) and otherwise qualify as a QTL,
we will have full borrowing  privileges  from the FHLB of Atlanta.  The required
percentage of QTIs is 65% of portfolio assets

                                       53





(defined as all assets minus intangible assets, property used by the institution
in  conducting  its  business and liquid  assets equal to 10% of total  assets).
Certain  assets  are  subject to a  percentage  limitation  of 20% of  portfolio
assets. In addition, federal savings institutions may include shares of stock of
the FHLBs,  FNMA, and FHLMC as QTIs.  Compliance with the QTL test is determined
on a monthly basis in nine out of every twelve months.

         Transactions With Affiliates.  Generally,  federal banking law requires
that  transactions  between a savings  institution or its  subsidiaries  and its
affiliates  must  be on  terms  as  favorable  to  the  savings  institution  as
comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain types of these
transactions   are  restricted  to  an  aggregate   percentage  of  the  savings
institution's capital.  Collateral in specified amounts must usually be provided
by  affiliates  in order to  receive  loans  from the  savings  institution.  In
addition,  a savings  institution may not extend credit to any affiliate engaged
in  activities  not  permissible  for a bank  holding  company  or  acquire  the
securities of any affiliate that is not a subsidiary. The OTS has the discretion
to treat  subsidiaries  of savings  institution  as affiliates on a case-by-case
basis.

         Liquidity  Requirements.  All federal savings institutions are required
to  maintain  an  average  daily  balance  of liquid  assets  equal to a certain
percentage of the sum of its average daily balance of net  withdrawable  deposit
accounts and borrowings  payable in one year or less. The liquidity  requirement
may  vary  from  time to time  (between  4% and  10%)  depending  upon  economic
conditions and savings flows of all savings institutions. Monetary penalties may
be imposed upon institutions for violations of liquidity requirements.

         Federal Home Loan Bank System.  We are a member of the FHLB of Atlanta,
which is one of 12 regional FHLBs. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank
for its members within its assigned  region.  It is funded  primarily from funds
deposited  by  savings  institutions  and  proceeds  derived  from  the  sale of
consolidated  obligations  of the FHLB System.  It makes loans to members (i.e.,
advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of
directors of the FHLB.

         As a member, we are required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB
of Atlanta in an amount equal to at least 1% of our aggregate unpaid residential
mortgage loans, home purchase contracts or similar  obligations at the beginning
of each year.  We are in  compliance  with this  requirement.  The FHLB  imposes
various  limitations on advances such as limiting the amount of certain types of
real estate related  collateral to 30% of a member's  capital and limiting total
advances to a member.

         The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the  resolution of troubled
savings  institutions  and to contribute to affordable  housing programs through
direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment
and  low-  and  moderate-income  housing  projects.   These  contributions  have
adversely  affected the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so
in the future.

         Federal  Reserve  System.  The  Federal  Reserve  System  requires  all
depository  institutions to maintain  non-interest bearing reserves at specified
levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW
checking  accounts) and non-personal time deposits.  The balances  maintained to
meet the reserve  requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System may be used
to satisfy the liquidity requirements that are imposed by the OTS.

         Savings  institutions have authority to borrow from the Federal Reserve
System "discount  window," but Federal Reserve System policy generally  requires
savings  institutions  to exhaust all other sources  before  borrowing  from the
Federal Reserve System.

                                       54






Regulation of the Company

         General. Upon completion of the reorganization, the Company will become
a federal mutual holding company within the meaning of Section 10(o) of the Home
Owners'  Loan Act  ("HOLA").  The Company  will be required to register and file
reports with the OTS and will be subject to regulation  and  examination  by the
OTS. In addition,  the OTS will have enforcement  authority over the Company and
any non-savings institution  subsidiaries.  This will permit the OTS to restrict
or  prohibit  activities  that it  determines  to be a serious  risk to us. This
regulation is intended  primarily for the  protection of our members and not for
the benefit of you, as stockholders of the Company.

         QTL Test. Since the Company will only own one savings  institution,  it
will be able to diversify its operations into activities not related to banking,
but only so long as we satisfy the QTL test.  If the Company  controls more than
one savings  institution,  it would lose the ability to diversify its operations
into nonbanking related activities,  unless such other savings institutions each
also  qualify  as a QTL  or  were  acquired  in a  supervised  acquisition.  See
"Regulation of the Bank - Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

         Restrictions on Acquisitions. The Company must obtain approval from the
OTS before acquiring control of any other SAIF-insured savings  institution.  No
person may acquire control of a federally  insured savings  institution  without
providing  at least 60 days  written  notice  to the OTS and  giving  the OTS an
opportunity to disapprove the proposed acquisition.

                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

         Savings  institutions  are subject to the  provisions  of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  in the same general  manner as
other  corporations.  Prior to  certain  changes  to the  Code in  1996,  thrift
institutions  enjoyed a tax  advantage  over banks with  respect to  determining
additions to its bad debt reserves. All thrift institutions, prior to 1996, were
generally  allowed a deduction  for  additions  to a reserve  for bad debts.  In
contrast,  only "small banks" (the average  adjusted bases of all assets of such
institution  equals $500 million or less) were allowed a similar  deduction  for
additions to their bad debt reserves.  In addition,  while small banks were only
allowed to use the experience  method in determining  their annual addition to a
bad debt reserve, all thrift institutions generally enjoyed a choice between (i)
the  percentage of taxable income method and, (ii) the  experience  method,  for
determining  the  annual  addition  to their bad debt  reserve.  This  choice of
methods provided a distinct  advantage to thrift  institutions  that continually
experienced  little or no losses  from bad debts,  over small banks in a similar
situation,  because  thrift  institutions  in  comparison  to small  banks  were
generally  allowed a greater tax  deduction by using the  percentage  of taxable
income method (rather than the experience  method) to determine their deductible
addition to their bad debt reserves.

         The Code was revised in August 1996 to equalize  the taxation of thrift
institutions  and banks,  effective for taxable years  beginning after 1995. All
thrift institutions are now subject to the same provisions as banks with respect
to deductions  for bad debt.  Now only thrift  institutions  that are treated as
small  banks  under the Code may  continue  to account  for bad debts  under the
reserve method; however such institutions may only use the experience method for
determining  additions to their bad debt reserve.  Thrift  institutions that are
not treated as small  banks may no longer use the reserve  method to account for
their bad debts but must now use the specific charge-off method.


                                       55





         The  revisions  to the  Code in 1996  also  provided  that  all  thrift
institutions  must generally  recapture any  "applicable  excess  reserves" into
their taxable income,  over a six year period beginning in 1996;  however,  such
recapture  may be  delayed  up to two  years  if a  thrift  institution  meets a
residential-lending  test. Generally,  a thrift institution's  applicable excess
reserves equals the excess of (i) the balance of its bad debt reserves as of the
close of its  taxable  year  beginning  before  January 1,  1996,  over (ii) the
balance of such  reserves  as of the close of its last  taxable  year  beginning
before  January 1, 1988  ("pre-  1988  reserves").  The Bank will be required to
recapture $1.2 million of applicable excess reserve.

         In addition,  all thrift  institutions  must  continue to keep track of
their pre-1988  reserves because this amount remains subject to recapture in the
future under the Code. A thrift institution such as the Bank, would generally be
required to recapture into its taxable income its pre-1988  reserves in the case
of certain excess  distributions to, and redemptions of the Bank's stockholders.
For  taxable  years after  1995,  the Bank will  continue to account for its bad
debts under the reserve  method.  The  balance of the Bank's  pre-1988  reserves
equaled $13.0 million.

         The Company may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from
the  Bank as a member  of the  same  affiliated  group  of  corporations.  A 70%
dividends  received  deduction  generally  applies  with  respect  to  dividends
received from corporations that are not members of such affiliated group.

         The Bank's  federal income tax returns for the last five tax years have
not been audited by the IRS.

State Taxation

         The Bank files Florida franchise tax returns. For Florida franchise tax
purposes,  savings  institutions  are presently taxed at a rate equal to 5.5% of
taxable income which is calculated  based on federal taxable income,  subject to
certain  adjustments  (including  the  addition of interest  income on state and
municipal obligations).

         The Bank's  state tax returns  have not been  audited for the past five
years.

                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

         Our board of directors is composed of eight members each of whom serves
for a term of three years, with approximately one-third of the directors elected
each year.  Our proposed  charter and bylaws  require that  directors be divided
into three  classes,  as nearly  equal in number as  possible.  Our officers are
elected  annually by our board and serve at the board's  discretion.  These same
provisions  apply to the Bank and mutual  holding  company,  which will have the
same directors and executive officers that we have.



                                       56





         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  our
directors and executive officers, all of whom will continue to serve in the same
capacities after the reorganization.




                                        Age at                                                                   Current
                                     September 30,                                           Director             Term
             Name                        1998                       Position                   Since           Expires (1)
- -------------------------------   -------------------   --------------------------------   -------------       -----------
                                                                                                      
Charles W. Bovay                          70            Chairman of the Board                  1987               2000
Gregory C. Wilkes                         50            President, Director                    1995               2001
Robert H. Artman                          66            Director                               1986               2002
Llewellyn N. Belcourt                     66            Director                               1989               2002
Stephen A. Moore, Jr.                     56            Director                               1998               2002
Nis Nissen                                57            Director                               1996               2000
Rudy H. Thornberry                        70            Director                               1986               2000
G.F. Zimmermann, III                      54            Director                               1993               2001
Don A. Burdett                            52            SVP - Retail Sales and
                                                        Service
Kerry P. Charlet                          45            SVP - Chief Financial
                                                        Officer
William H. Cloyd                          41            SVP - Chief Lending
                                                        Officer
Marion Moore                              58            SVP - Deposit
                                                        Administration


- -------------------
(1)  The terms for directors of the Company and the MHC are the same as those of
     the Bank.

         The  business  experience  for  the  past  five  years  of  each of the
directors and executive officers is as follows:

         Charles  W.  Bovay has been a  Director  of the Bank  since 1987 and is
currently  the  Chairman of the Board.  Mr. Bovay was also,  until  December 31,
1998, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Lanier Upshaw,  Inc.,
an insurance company located in Lakeland,  Florida,  where he was employed since
1963. He has served as Chairman of the Lakeland  Regional Medical Center and the
Lakeland  Area  Chamber  of  Commerce,  and is a member  of the  Rotary  Club of
Lakeland.

         Gregory C.  Wilkes has been the Bank's  President,  Director  and Chief
Executive Officer since 1995. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Wilkes was employed by Home
Federal Savings Bank in Rome,  Georgia,  where he served as President,  Director
and Chief Executive  Officer.  He also serves as a board member for the Lakeland
Chamber of Commerce, Lakeland Rotary Club, Polk Theatre, the YMCA, the Salvation
Army,  the  Florida  Southern  College  President's  Council,  and the  Lakeland
Regional Hospital  Foundation.  In addition,  Mr. Wilkes is the elected director
for the State of Florida for the FHLB of Atlanta and is a member of the board of
the Florida  Bankers  Association  and board and  faculty  member of the Florida
School of Banking.

         Robert H. Artman has been a Director of the Bank since 1986. Mr. Artman
has  been  employed  for the  past 31  years  by  Traman  Corp.,  a real  estate
management  and  development  company  located  in  Lakeland,  Florida,  and  is
currently  serving  as  President.  He is also a member of the  Kiwanis  Club of
Lakeland.


                                       57





         Llewellyn N.  Belcourt has been a Director of the Bank since 1989.  Mr.
Belcourt is a  shareholder,  Director and Vice  President of Carter,  Belcourt &
Atkinson,  P.A., an accounting firm located in Lakeland,  Florida. He also is an
Advisory  Board Member of the Imperial  Symphony  Orchestra  and a  Professional
Advisory Council Member of the Lakeland Regional Medical Center Foundation.

         Stephen A. Moore,  Jr. has been a Director  of the Bank since  February
1998.  Mr.  Moore is  President,  Director  and  majority  stockholder  of Moore
Business Service, Inc., an accounting firm located in Lakeland,  Florida. He has
been with Moore Business Service, Inc. since 1974. Mr. Moore is also a member of
the Lakeland Rotary Club, a Director and officer of the Central Florida Speech &
Hearing Center, and a Board member of the Polk Community College Foundation.

         Nis H.  Nissen,  III has been a Director  of the Bank since  1996.  Mr.
Nissen is President and Chief Executive Officer of Nissen Advertising,  Inc., an
advertising and public  relations firm located in Lakeland,  Florida that he has
been  affiliated  with since  1971.  He also is a member of the Rotary  Club,  a
Director  of the  Central  Florida  Speech  &  Hearing  Center,  a  Director  of
Crimestoppers of Polk County, Vice Chairman of the Public Information Committee,
Community  Foundation  of  Lakeland,  a member of the Fine Arts  Council  of the
Florida Southern Foundation of Lakeland,  and a member of the Board of Governors
of Florida Southern College.

         Rudolph H.  Thornberry  has been a Director of the Bank since 1988. Mr.
Thornberry is currently retired from other employment.

         G.F.  Zimmermann,  III has been a Director of the Bank since 1993.  Mr.
Zimmermann is President and majority stockholder of Zimmermann Associates, Inc.,
a building  design firm  located in  Lakeland,  Florida,  which he has been with
since 1974.  He has been active with the  Salvation  Army,  the Kiwanis  Club of
Lakeland,  the Lakeland Kiwanis Foundation and the Chamber of Commerce.  He also
has served as a member of the Habitat for Humanity Board of Directors,  the City
of Lakeland Civil Service Board,  the Pension Board,  the Arbitration  Board and
the Lakeland Regional Medical Center Community Board.

         Don A.  Burdett  joined  the Bank as Senior  Vice  President  of Retail
Banking in November  1998.  Prior to joining the Bank,  Mr.  Burdett served as a
market  executive  and various sales  management  positions at Barnett Bank from
1979 to 1998. Mr. Burdett has completed various graduate banking programs during
his career. Mr. Burdett has held leadership  positions in the Clearwater Chamber
of Commerce, Suncoast Junior Achievement, Eastlake Optimist and has participated
in both the Leadership Manatee and Leadership Lakeland Programs.

         Kerry P. Charlet has been Chief Financial and Operations Officer of the
Bank since March 1998.  Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Charlet served in varying
positions  from  1986 to 1995 at  FloridaBank,  FSB,  including  Executive  Vice
President and Chief Financial  Officer.  He was also employed by AmSouth Bank of
Florida from 1995 to 1998,  where he served as Senior Vice  President  and Chief
Financial  Officer  for the State.  Mr.  Charlet  has also served as officer and
committee  chairman for the Gator Bowl Association,  Chairman of Payment Systems
Network,  President and Treasurer of Jacksonville  Biddy  Basketball,  Inc., and
President and Board member of the Beaches Youth Basketball Association.


                                       58





         William  H.  Cloyd has been  Chief  Lending  Officer  of the Bank since
January 1998.  Previously,  Mr. Cloyd was Senior Vice President of SunTrust Bank
Mid-Florida,  N.A. He has also been active  with the United  Way,  the  Lakeland
North Rotary Club, the Lakeland Chamber of Commerce,  and has served as Chairman
of the Lakeland Downtown Development Authority.

         Marion  L.  Moore   serves  as  Senior   Vice   President   of  Deposit
Administration for the Bank. Mr. Moore has been employed at the Bank since 1984.
He has also been active  with the Rotary  Club,  the Boy Scouts of America,  the
Lakeland Chamber of Commerce and the Winter Haven Chamber of Commerce.

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

         The board of directors  conducts its business  through  meetings of the
board and through activities of its committees.  During the year ended September
30, 1998, the board of directors held 13 regular meetings.  No director attended
fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the board of directors and committees on
which such director  served during the year ended  September 30, 1998.  The Bank
has a standing audit committee, as well as other standing committees such as the
executive, building, marketing,  retirement plan and asset liability committees.
The  entire  board  of  directors  serves  as  a  nominating   committee  and  a
compensation committee.

         The audit committee of the Bank consists of Directors Belcourt, Artman,
Moore and Nissen.  The audit  committee meets at least  semi-annually  and meets
with the Bank's  independent  certified public accountants to review the results
of the annual audit and other  related  matters.  The audit  committee  met four
times during the year ended September 30, 1998.

Director Compensation

         Board Fees. During 1998 each director was paid a fee of $1,000 for each
board  meeting  attended  and each  director  emeritus  was paid  $667 per Board
meeting  attended.  The chairman of the board receives an additional  $1,500 fee
for each board  meeting.  Each  non-management  director  was paid $200 for each
committee  meeting  attended.  The total fees paid to the directors for the year
ended September 30, 1998 were approximately $177,000.

         Directors  Consultant  and  Retirement  Plan ("DRP").  The DRP provides
retirement benefits to directors following retirement and completion of at least
10 years of service. If a director agrees to become a consulting director to our
board upon  retirement,  he or she will receive a monthly  payment  equal to the
Board  fee in  effect  at the date of  retirement  for a period  of 120  months.
Benefits  under our DRP will begin upon a  director's  retirement.  In the event
there is a change in control,  all  directors  will be presumed to have not less
than 10 years of service and each director will receive a lump sum payment equal
to the present value of future benefits payable.

                                       59





Executive Compensation

         Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and
non-cash  compensation  awarded to or earned by our chief executive  officer for
the year ended September 30, 1998. No other current executive officer received a
total  annual  salary  and bonus in  excess of  $100,000  during  the  reporting
periods.

                                                      Annual Compensation
                                                --------------------------------
                                                                 Other Annual
                                       Fiscal                    Compensation
Name and Principal Position            Year     Salary   Bonus        (1)
- ---------------------------            ----     ------   -----   ------------
George C. Wilkes, President            1998    $164,500  $2,400      $13,000
and Chief Executive Officer                              

- --------------------
(1)      Includes directors fees.

         Employment  Agreements.   The  Bank  has  entered  into  an  employment
agreement with its President, Gregory C. Wilkes. Mr. Wilkes' current base salary
under the employment agreement is $182,000.  The employment agreement has a term
of three years. The agreement is terminable by us for "just cause" as defined in
the  agreement.  If we  terminate  Mr.  Wilkes  without  just cause,  he will be
entitled to a continuation  of his salary from the date of  termination  through
the remaining term of the agreement, but in no event for a period of less than 1
year. The employment agreement contains a provision stating that in the event of
the  termination  of employment in connection  with any change in control of us,
Mr.  Wilkes  will be paid a lump sum amount  equal to 2.99  times his  five-year
average annual taxable cash  compensation.  If a payment had been made under the
agreement as of September 30, 1998, the payment would have equaled approximately
$496,000. The aggregate payment that would have been made to Mr. Wilkes would be
an expense to us and would have  resulted  in  reductions  to our net income and
capital.  The agreement may be renewed annually by our board of directors upon a
determination of satisfactory performance within the board's sole discretion. If
Mr.  Wilkes shall become  disabled  during the term of the  agreement,  he shall
continue to receive payment of 100% of the base salary for a period of 12 months
and 65% of such  base  salary  for the  remaining  term of the  agreement.  Such
payments  shall be  reduced  by any other  benefit  payments  made  under  other
disability programs in effect for our employees.

         Pension Plan.  The  following  table  indicates  the annual  retirement
benefit that would be payable under the Bank's  Pension Plan upon  retirement at
age 65 in calendar year 1998, expressed in the form of a single life annuity for
the average annual salary and benefit service classifications specified below.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Annual
 Compensation         Years of Service and Benefit Payable at Retirement
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  3              5         10         15         20         25
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000         2,625          4,375      8,750     13,125     17,500    21,875
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$75,000         4,020          6,700     13,400     20,100     26,800    33,500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$100,000        5,745          9,575     19,150     28,725     38,300    47,875
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$125,000        7,470         12,450     24,900     37,350     49,800    62,250
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$160,000        9,885         16,475     32,950     49,425     65,900    82,375
================================================================================


                                       60





         The  Pension  Plan  provides  for  benefits as a life  annuity  payable
monthly after retirement or termination. The benefits listed in the pension plan
table above are not subject to any deduction for Social Security or other offset
amounts.  As of September 30, 1998,  Mr. Wilkes had 3 years of credited  service
under the Pension Plan.

         Generally,  the Annual  Compensation  covered  under the  Pension  Plan
includes  total cash  compensation  paid to a participant  during a plan year as
reported for income tax withholding purposes on Wage and Tax Statement Form W-2,
but after  excluding all pay for overtime  work,  commissions,  bonuses or other
extra pay over basic  compensation,  plus any contributions by the Bank for such
year pursuant to a salary reduction agreement on behalf of the participant. If a
participant  retires at age 65 his  monthly  income  payable  will be 1/12 of an
annual income equal to 1.75% of the participant's Average Annual Compensation up
to his Covered Compensation, plus 2.30% of his Average Annual Compensation above
his  Covered  Compensation,  both  multiplied  by the number of years of service
under the Pension Plan (not to exceed 25 years).  Covered Compensation generally
means the average  (without  indexing) of the maximum amount of a  participant's
earnings that are considered to be wages for Social  Security  purposes for each
calendar year during the 35 year period ending with the last day of the calendar
year  in  which  the  participant  attains  (or  will  attain)  Social  Security
Retirement Age (as defined in the Pension Plan).  The Bank  anticipates  that it
will terminate the Pension Plan effective April 15, 1999. Upon such termination,
all participant benefits shall become immediately vested.

         Supplemental   Executive   Retirement   Plan.  We  have  implemented  a
supplemental  executive  retirement  plan  ("SERP")  for the  benefit  of senior
officers,  including  our  President,  Gregory C.  Wilkes.  The Bank  intends to
terminate the existing defined benefit pension plan ("Pension Plan") as of April
15, 1999.  The SERP will provide  benefits at age 65 that would be comparable to
approximately  83% of the benefits that would have accrued under the terminating
Pension Plan upon  retirement at age 65. The SERP will provide each  participant
with a  defined  annual  deferred  compensation  amount;  therefore,  no  future
actuarial  calculations will be required. The annual accruals under the SERP for
Mr.  Wilkes  will be  $59,000,  during  the  term of his  continued  employment.
Benefits will accrue annually and will be credited with interest earnings of not
less than 5% per  annum on the  aggregate  account  accruals.  If a  participant
terminates  employment prior to age 65, then the target retirement benefits will
be reduced. The accumulated  deferred  compensation account for each participant
will  be  payable  to such  participant  at  anytime  following  termination  of
employment  after  attainment  of  age  55,  the  death  or  disability  of  the
participant,  or termination of employment  following a change in control of the
Bank  whereby  the  Bank or its  parent  company  is not the  resulting  entity.
Benefits under the SERP are not taxable to the  participant or deductible by the
Bank until they are actually paid.

         Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan. We have  established an employee stock
ownership plan, the ESOP, for the exclusive  benefit of participating  employees
of  ours,  to  be  implemented  upon  the  completion  of  the   reorganization.
Participating  employees are  employees  who have  completed one year of service
with us or our subsidiary and have attained the age of 21. An application  for a
letter  of  determination  as to the  tax-qualified  status  of the ESOP will be
submitted to the IRS.  Although no assurances  can be given,  we expect that the
ESOP will receive a favorable letter of determination from the IRS.

         The ESOP is to be funded by contributions  made by us in cash or common
stock.  Benefits may be paid either in shares of the common stock or in cash. In
accordance  with the plan, the ESOP may borrow funds with which to acquire up to
8% of the common stock to be issued in the offering.  The ESOP intends to borrow
funds from the Company. The loan is expected to be for a term of ten years at an
annual  interest  rate equal to the prime rate as  published  in The Wall Street
Journal. Presently it is

                                       61





anticipated  that the ESOP  will  purchase  up to 8% of the  common  stock to be
issued in the offering (i.e.,  -- shares,  based on the midpoint of the offering
range).  The loan will be secured by the shares  purchased  and earnings of ESOP
assets.  Shares  purchased  with such loan  proceeds  will be held in a suspense
account  for  allocation  among  participants  as  the  loan  is  repaid.  It is
anticipated that all such  contributions  will be  tax-deductible.  This loan is
expected to be fully repaid in approximately 10 years.

         Shares sold above the maximum of the offering  range  (i.e.,  more than
__________ shares) may be sold to the ESOP before satisfying  remaining unfilled
orders of Eligible  Account Holders to fill the ESOP's  subscription or the ESOP
may purchase  some or all of the shares  covered by its  subscription  after the
offering in the open market.

         Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account
will be allocated  among  participants on the basis of total  compensation.  All
participants  must be  employed  at least  1,000  hours in a plan year,  or have
terminated  employment  following death,  disability or retirement,  in order to
receive  an  allocation.  Participant  benefits  become  fully  vested  in  plan
allocations following five years of service. Employment prior to the adoption of
the ESOP shall be credited for the purposes of vesting. Our contributions to the
ESOP are discretionary and may cause a reduction in other forms of compensation.
Therefore, benefits payable under the ESOP cannot be estimated.

         The board of directors has appointed the non-employee  directors to the
ESOP  Committee  to  administer  the  ESOP  and to  serve  as the  initial  ESOP
Directors. The ESOP Directors must vote all allocated shares held in the ESOP in
accordance with the  instructions of the  participating  employees.  Unallocated
shares and  allocated  shares for which no timely  direction is received will be
voted by the ESOP  Directors  as directed by the board of  directors or the ESOP
Committee, subject to the Directors' fiduciary duties.

         401(k)  Savings Plan.  Effective  January 1, 1999,  the Bank sponsors a
tax-qualified  defined contribution savings plan ("401(k) Plan") for the benefit
of its employees. Employees become eligible to participate under the 401(k) Plan
after reaching age 21 and completing  three months of service.  Under the 401(k)
Plan,   employees  may  voluntarily  elect  to  defer  between  0%  and  15%  of
compensation,  not to exceed applicable limits under the Code (i.e.,  $10,000 in
calendar  1998).  The Bank  matches a minimum of 25% of the first 6% of employee
contributions.  Employee and matching  contributions  immediately vest. The Bank
intends to amend the 401(k) Plan to permit voluntary  investments of plan assets
by participants in the common stock following the offering.

         Benefits are payable upon termination of employment, retirement, death,
disability, or plan termination.  Normal retirement age under the 401(k) Plan is
65.  Additionally,   funds  under  the  401(k)  Plan  may  be  distributed  upon
application  to  the  plan  administrator  upon  severe  financial  hardship  in
accordance  with uniform  guidelines  which  comply with those  specified by the
Code.  It is  intended  that the  401(k)  Plan  operate in  compliance  with the
provisions of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"),  and the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code. Contributions to
the  401(k)  Plan by the Bank for  employees  may be  reduced  in the  future or
eliminated as a result of  contributions  made to the Employee  Stock  Ownership
Plan. See "- Employee Stock Ownership Plan."


                                       62





Potential Stock Benefit Plans

         Stock Option Plans.  Following the offering, we intend to adopt a stock
option  plan  for  directors  and  key  employees  within  one  year  after  the
reorganization.  Any plan  adopted will be subject to  stockholder  approval and
applicable  laws.  Any plan adopted within one year of the  reorganization  will
require the  approval of a majority of our  stockholders,  other than the mutual
holding   company  and  will  also  be  subject  to  various  other   regulatory
limitations.  Up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering  will
be reserved for issuance  under the stock option plan.  No  determinations  have
been made as to the specific terms of, or awards under, the stock option plan.

         The  purpose of the stock  option  plan will be to  attract  and retain
qualified  personnel in key  positions,  provide  officers,  key  employees  and
directors  with  a  proprietary  interest  in the  Company  as an  incentive  to
contribute to our success and reward  officers and key employees for outstanding
performance.  Although  the  terms of the  stock  option  plan have not yet been
determined, it is expected that the stock option plan will provide for the grant
of: (i) options to purchase  the common  stock  intended to qualify as incentive
stock options under the Code (incentive stock options); and (ii) options that do
not so qualify (non-statutory stock options). Any stock option plans would be in
effect  for up to ten  years  from  the  earlier  of  adoption  by the  board of
directors or approval by the stockholders.

         Under the OTS  conversion  regulations,  a stock  option  plan  adopted
within a year of the reorganization, would provide for a term of 10 years, after
which no  awards  could be  made,  unless  earlier  terminated  by the  board of
directors  pursuant to the option  plan and the  options  would vest over a five
year period (i.e., 20% per year),  beginning one year after the date of grant of
the option.  Options  would  expire no later than 10 years from the date granted
and would expire  earlier if the option  committee so determines or in the event
of  termination  of  employment.  Options  would be granted  based upon  several
factors, including seniority, job duties and responsibilities,  job performance,
our  financial  performance  and a comparison  of awards given by other  savings
institutions converting from mutual to stock form.

         Stock  Programs.  Following the  offering,  we also intend to establish
stock programs to provide our officers and outside  directors with a proprietary
interest in the  Company.  The stock  programs  are  expected to provide for the
award of common stock,  subject to vesting  restrictions,  to eligible officers,
employees and directors.  Any plan adopted within one year of the reorganization
would require the approval of a majority of our stockholders  other than the MHC
and will also be subject to various other regulatory limitations.

         We expect to  contribute  funds to stock  programs to  acquire,  in the
aggregate,  up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering.  Shares
used to fund the stock programs may be acquired through open market purchases or
from authorized but unissued shares. No determinations  have been made as to the
specific terms of stock programs.

         Restrictions on Stock Benefit Plans.  OTS  regulations  provide that in
the event we implement stock option or management  and/or employee stock benefit
plans  within one year from the date of  reorganization,  such plans must comply
with the following  restrictions:  (1) the plans must be fully  disclosed in the
prospectus,  (2) for stock  option  plans,  the total number of shares for which
options  may  be  granted  may  not  exceed  10%  of the  shares  issued  in the
conversion,  (3) for restricted  stock plans such as the MRP, the shares may not
exceed 3% of the shares issued in the conversion (4% for  institutions  with 10%
or greater tangible capital), (4) the aggregate amount of stock purchased by the
ESOP in the conversion may not exceed 10% (12% for well-capitalized institutions
utilizing a 4% management

                                       63





recognition  plan), (5) no individual  employee may receive more than 25% of the
available awards under the option plan or a restricted stock plan, (6) directors
who are not  employees may not receive more than 5%  individually  or 30% in the
aggregate  of the awards  under any plan,  (7) all plans must be  approved  by a
majority  of the total votes  eligible to be cast at any duly called  meeting of
the  Company's  stockholders  held no  earlier  than six  months  following  the
reorganization,  (8) for stock option plans, the exercise price must be at least
equal to the market price of the stock at the time of grant,  (9) for restricted
stock plans, no stock issued in a mutual-to-stock conversion may by used to fund
the plan, (10) neither stock option awards nor restricted  stock awards may vest
earlier than 20% as of one year after the date of  stockholder  approval and 20%
per  year  thereafter,  and  vesting  may be  accelerated  only  in the  case of
disability of death (or if not  inconsistent  with applicable OTS regulations in
effect  at such  time,  in the  event of a change  in  control,  (11) the  proxy
material  must clearly  state that the OTS in no way endorses or approves of the
plans,  and (12) prior to implementing the plans, all plans must be submitted to
the  Regional  Director of the OTS within five days after  stockholder  approval
with a certification  that the plans approved by the  stockholders  are the same
plans that were filed with and disclosed in the proxy materials  relating to the
meeting at which stockholder approval was received.

Transactions with Management and Others

         No directors,  executive  officers or immediate  family members of such
individuals  were  engaged  in  transactions  with  the  Bank or any  subsidiary
involving  more than  $60,000  (other than through a loan) during the year ended
September 30, 1998. Furthermore, the Bank had no "interlocking" relationships in
which (i) any  executive  officer  is a member of the board of  directors  or of
another entity, one of whose executive officers are a member of the Bank's board
of  directors,  or  where  (ii)  any  executive  officer  is  a  member  of  the
compensation  committee of another entity,  one of whose executive officers is a
member of the Bank's board of directors.

         The Bank has followed the policy of offering residential mortgage loans
for the financing of personal residences, share loans, and consumer loans to its
officers,  directors  and  employees.  Loans are made in the ordinary  course of
business and also made on substantially the same terms and conditions, including
interest rate and collateral,  as those of comparable transactions prevailing at
the time with other  persons,  and do not  include  more than the normal risk of
collectibility or present other unfavorable  features. As of September 30, 1998,
the aggregate principal balance of loans outstanding to all directors, executive
officers and immediate  family  members of such  individuals  was  approximately
$34,000.

Proposed Stock Purchases by Management

         The following  table sets forth for each of the directors and executive
officers  of the Bank and for all such  directors  and  executive  officers as a
group  (including in each case all  "associates"  of such persons) the number of
shares of common stock which such person or group intends to purchase,  assuming
the sale of  __________  shares of common  stock at $10.00 per share.  The table
does not include

                                       64





purchases  by the ESOP (8% of the common  stock sold in the  offering or 163,560
shares),  and does not take into account any stock  benefit  plans to be adopted
within one year following the reorganization.  See "Management - Potential Stock
Benefit Plans."

                                                                Percentage of
                              Total Number      Total Dollar   2,044,500 Total
                                of Shares     Amount of Shares Shares Sold in
      Name                  to be Purchased   to be Purchased  the Offering(1)
      ----                  ---------------   ---------------  ---------------

Charles W. Bovay                20,000            $200,000            1.0%
Gregory C. Wilkes               20,000             200,000            1.0
Robert H. Artman                 1,000              10,000             *
Llewellyn N. Belcourt            2,500              25,000             *
Stephen A. Moore, Jr.           20,000             200,000            1.0
Nis Nissen                      20,000             200,000            1.0
Rudy H. Thornberry               1,000              10,000             *
G. F. Zimmermann, III            5,000              50,000             *
Don A. Burdett                   7,500              75,000             *
Kerry P. Charlet                20,000             200,000            1.0
William H. Cloyd                10,000             100,000             *
Marion Moore                       500               5,000             *
                              --------           ---------            ---
         Total                 127,500         $ 1,275,000            6.2%
                              ========          ==========            ===

- -----------------
*    Less than 1.0%
(1)  In the event the  stockholders  of the Company  approve  the stock  benefit
     plans as discussed  in this  prospectus  (stock  programs (4% of the common
     stock sold in the  offering)  and the stock option plans (10% of the common
     stock  sold in the  offering)),  and all of the  common  stock  is  awarded
     pursuant  to  the  stock  benefit  plans  and  all  options  are  exercised
     (increasing  the number of  outstanding  shares),  directors  and executive
     officers  would own 413,730 or 18.4% of the shares of common stock owned by
     persons other than the MHC (9.1% of the total shares outstanding, including
     those held by the mutual holding  company).  If fewer than 2,044,500 shares
     were publicly sold,  these percentage  ownership  estimates would increase.
     See "- Potential Stock Benefit Plans."

                               THE REORGANIZATION

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK HAS ADOPTED THE PLAN AUTHORIZING THE
REORGANIZATION,  SUBJECT TO THE  APPROVAL  OF THE OTS AND OF THE  MEMBERS OF THE
BANK AND THE  SATISFACTION  OF CERTAIN OTHER  CONDITIONS.  OTS APPROVAL DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE A RECOMMENDATION OR ENDORSEMENT OF THE PLAN BY THE OTS.

General

         On September  28, 1998,  the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted the
plan of  reorganization  and  stock  issuance  which was  subsequently  amended,
pursuant to which the Bank  proposes to reorganize  from a federally  chartered,
mutual savings institution to a federally  chartered stock savings  institution.
The Bank will be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, the majority of whose
shares are to be owned by the MHC.  Concurrently  with the  reorganization,  the
Company will sell a minority  percentage  of its common stock in the offering to
the Bank's depositors and members of the general public.  The Board of Directors
unanimously  adopted  the Plan after  consideration  of the  advantages  and the
disadvantages of the reorganization  and offering and alternative  transactions,
including a full conversion

                                       65





from the  mutual to stock form of  organization.  Following  the  receipt of all
required  regulatory  approvals,  the approval of the plan by the Bank's and the
satisfaction of all other conditions  precedent to the reorganization,  the Bank
will effect the  reorganization  (i) by exchanging  its federal  mutual  savings
institution charter for a federal stock savings institution charter and becoming
a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  Company  and the  Company  then  becoming a
majority-owned  subsidiary  of the MHC,  and having the  depositors  of the Bank
receive  such  liquidation  interests in the MHC as they have in the Bank before
the  reorganization;  or (ii) in any other  manner  consistent  with the plan or
reorganization   and   applicable   regulations.   See  "-  Description  of  the
Reorganization."  On the effective  date, the Company will commence  business as
FloridaFirst  Bancorp,  a bank  holding  company,  and the  Bank  will  commence
business  as  First  Federal  Florida,  a  federally   chartered  stock  savings
institution,  and the MHC will commence business as FloridaFirst  Bancorp,  MHC,
majority owner of the common stock of the Company.  The  reorganization  will be
accomplished  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in the  plan,  the
requirements of applicable laws and regulations, and the policies of the OTS.

         For additional information concerning the offering, see "The Offering."

Purposes of the Reorganization

         The  Board  of   Directors  of  the  Bank  has   determined   that  the
reorganization  is in the best  interest  of the Bank and has  several  business
purposes for the reorganization.

         The reorganization  will structure the Bank in the stock form, which is
used by commercial  banks,  most major business  corporations  and an increasing
number of savings institutions. Formation of the Bank as a capital stock savings
institution  subsidiary  of the Company  will permit the Company to issue common
stock, which is a source of capital not available to mutual savings institutions
or savings and loan  associations.  At the same time,  the Bank's mutual form of
ownership  will be preserved  in the MHC, and the MHC, as a mutual  corporation,
will  control at least a majority of the common  stock of the Company so long as
the MHC remains in existence as a mutual  institution.  The reorganization  will
enable the Bank to achieve certain benefits of a stock company without a loss of
control that sometimes  follows standard  conversions from mutual to stock form.
Sales of locally based,  independent  savings  institutions to larger,  regional
financial  institutions following such mutual to stock conversions can result in
closed branches,  fewer choices for consumers,  employee layoffs and the loss of
community  support  and  involvement  by a  financial  institution.  The Bank is
committed to being an  independent,  community-  oriented  institution,  and the
Board of Directors  believes that the mutual holding  company  structure is best
suited for this purpose. The mutual holding company structure also will give the
Company  flexibility  to issue its common stock at various  times and in varying
amounts as market conditions permit, rather than in a single stock offering. The
MHC may convert  from mutual to stock form of  organization  in the future.  The
holding  company  form  of  organization  is  expected  to  provide   additional
flexibility  to diversify the Bank's  business  activities  through  existing or
newly  formed  subsidiaries,  or through  acquisitions  of or mergers with other
financial  institutions,  as well as other  companies.  Although the Bank has no
current   arrangements,   understandings   or  agreements   regarding  any  such
opportunities,  the Company will be in a position after the  reorganization  and
offering,   subject  to  regulatory  limitations  and  the  Company's  financial
position, to take advantage of any such opportunities that may arise.

         The  Company is offering  for sale up to 47% of the common  stock in an
offering at an aggregate price based upon an independent appraisal. The proceeds
from the sale of common  stock of the  Company  will  provide  the Bank with new
equity   capital,   which  will  support  future  deposit  growth  and  expanded
operations. The ability of the Company to sell common stock also will enable the
Company and the Bank to increase  capital in  response to the  changing  capital
requirements of the OTS. While the Bank currently

                                       66





meets or exceeds all regulatory capital  requirements,  the sale of common stock
in connection with the reorganization, coupled with the accumulation of earnings
(net of  dividends)  from  year to  year,  represents  a means  for the  orderly
preservation and expansion of the Bank's capital base, and allows flexibility to
respond to sudden and unanticipated capital needs. After the reorganization, the
Company may repurchase  common stock.  The investment of the net proceeds of the
offering  also will  provide  additional  income to enhance  further  the Bank's
future capital position.

         The ability of the Company to issue common stock also will enable it in
the future to establish  stock benefit plans for management and employees of the
Company and the Bank, including incentive stock option plans, stock award plans,
and employee stock ownership plans.

         The  formation  of the  Company  also will allow the  Company to borrow
funds, on a secured and unsecured basis, and to issue debt to the public or in a
private  placement.  The proceeds of any such borrowings or debt issuance may be
contributed to the Bank as core capital for  regulatory  capital  purposes.  The
Company  has not made a  determination  to  borrow  funds  or issue  debt at the
present time.

         The Board of  Directors  believes  that these  advantages  outweigh the
potential disadvantages of the mutual holding company structure,  which include:
the inability of the Company to sell shares of common stock  representing 50% or
more so long as the MHC remains in existence;  the more limited liquidity of the
common  stock,  as  compared  to  a  full  conversion;   and  the  inability  of
stockholders  other than the MHC to obtain a majority  ownership  of the Company
which may result in the  perpetuation  of the existing  management  and Board of
Directors of the Company and the Bank. The MHC will be able to elect all members
of the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  and will be able to  control  the
outcome  of all  matters  presented  to the  stockholders  of  the  Company  for
resolution by vote, except for matters which by regulation must be approved by a
majority  of the  shares  owned by  persons  other  than the MHC (the  "minority
stockholders"),  including certain matters relating to stock  compensation plans
and certain votes  regarding a conversion to stock form by the MHC. No assurance
can be given that the Company will not take action  adverse to the  interests of
the  minority  stockholders.  For  example,  the Company can revise the dividend
policy, prevent the sale of control of the Company or defeat a candidate for the
Board of  Directors  of the Company or other  proposal put forth by the minority
stockholders.

Description of the Reorganization

         Following receipt of all required regulatory approvals and ratification
of the plan of reorganization by the voting depositors,  the reorganization will
be effected by a series of mergers or in any manner  approved by the OTS that is
consistent with the purposes of the plan of  reorganization  and applicable laws
and regulations.  The Bank's intention is to complete the reorganization using a
series of  mergers,  although  it may elect to use any  method  consistent  with
applicable regulations, subject to OTS approval.

         For a detailed description of the merger structure,  see "- Federal and
State  Tax  Consequences  of  the  Reorganization."  Upon  consummation  of  the
reorganization,  the  legal  existence  of the  Bank  will  not  terminate,  the
converted  stock bank will be a continuation of the Bank and all property of the
Bank,  including  its right,  title,  and interest in and to all property of any
kind and nature,  interest and asset of every  conceivable value or benefit then
existing or pertaining to the Bank, or which would inure to the Bank immediately
by operation of law and without the necessity of any  conveyance or transfer and
without any further  act or deed,  will  continue to be owned by the Bank as the
survivor of the merger.  The Bank will  possess,  hold and enjoy the same in its
right  and  fully and to the same  extent  as the same was  possessed,  held and
enjoyed by the Bank. The Bank will continue to have, succeed to, and be

                                       67





responsible  for all the rights,  liabilities,  and  obligations of the Bank and
will maintain its headquarters operations at the Bank's present location.

         The foregoing  description  of the  reorganization  is qualified in its
entirety by  reference  to the plan and the charter and bylaws of the Bank,  the
MHC and the Company to be effective upon consummation of the reorganization.

Effects of the Reorganization

         General.  The  reorganization  will not have any  effect on the  Bank's
present  business of  accepting  deposits and  investing  its funds in loans and
other investments  permitted by law. The  reorganization  will not result in any
change in the existing  services  provided to depositors  and  borrowers,  or in
existing offices,  management, and staff. Upon completion of the reorganization,
the Bank will continue to be subject to regulation, supervision, and examination
by the OTS and the FDIC.

         Deposits and Loans. Each holder of a deposit account in the Bank at the
time of the reorganization  will continue as an account holder in the Bank after
the reorganization,  and the reorganization will not affect the deposit balance,
interest  rate,  and other terms of such  accounts.  Each such  account  will be
insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the reorganization.  Depositors
will continue to hold their existing certificates,  passbooks,  checkbooks,  and
other evidence of their accounts.  The reorganization  will not affect the loans
of any borrower from the Bank.  The amount,  interest rate,  maturity,  security
for, and  obligations  under each loan will remain  contractually  fixed as they
existed prior to the  reorganization.  See "- Voting  Rights" and "- Liquidation
Rights"  below for a  discussion  of the  effects of the  reorganization  on the
voting and liquidation rights of the depositors and borrowers of the Bank.

         Voting Rights. As a federally chartered mutual savings institution, the
Bank has no authority to issue capital stock and thus, no stockholders.  Control
of the Bank in its mutual form is vested in the Board of  Directors of the Bank.
Although they have no statutory right,  certain qualifying holders of the Bank's
savings,  demand,  or other authorized  accounts will be given an opportunity to
vote on the  reorganization.  In the consideration of the  reorganization,  each
holder of  qualifying  account is permitted  to cast one vote for each $100,  or
fraction thereof,  of the withdrawal value of the voting depositor's  account up
to a maximum of 1,000 votes.

         After the  reorganization,  the  affairs  of the Bank will be under the
direction  of the Board of  Directors of the Company and the Bank and all voting
rights  as to  the  Bank  will  be  vested  exclusively  in the  holders  of the
outstanding  voting capital stock of the Company,  which  initially will consist
exclusively  of common  stock.  By virtue of its  ownership of a majority of the
outstanding shares of common stock, the MHC will be able to elect all members of
the Board of Directors of the Company and generally  will be able to control the
outcome  of most  matters  presented  to the  stockholders  of the  Company  for
resolution by vote,  excluding  certain matters where shares held by the MHC are
not counted.

         The MHC will be  controlled  by its  Board  of  Directors,  which  will
initially consist of the current directors of the Bank. Under the mutual form of
ownership,  current directors elect new directors, which can perpetuate existing
management  and control of the MHC, the Company and the Bank.  All depositors of
the Bank at the  time of the  reorganization  will  become  members  of and have
voting rights in the MHC.


                                       68





         Liquidation Rights. In the unlikely event of a complete  liquidation of
the Bank in its present mutual form, existing holders of deposit accounts of the
Bank would be entitled to share in a liquidating  distribution after the payment
of claims of all creditors  (including the claims of all account  holders to the
withdrawal  value of their  accounts).  Each account  holder's pro rata share of
such  liquidating  distribution  would be in the same proportion as the value of
his or her deposit  accounts  was to the total value of all deposit  accounts in
the Bank at the time of liquidation.

         Upon a complete  liquidation of the Bank after the reorganization,  the
Company,  as holder of the Bank's common stock,  would be entitled to any assets
remaining upon a liquidation or  dissolution of the Bank.  Each depositor  would
not have a claim in the assets of the Bank. However, upon a complete liquidation
of the MHC after the reorganization, each depositor would have a claim up to the
pro rata value of his or her accounts,  in the assets of the MHC remaining after
the  claims  of the  creditors  of the MHC are  satisfied.  Depositors  who have
liquidation  rights in the Bank  immediately  prior to the  reorganization  will
continue to have such rights in the MHC after the  reorganization for so long as
they maintain deposit accounts in the Bank after the reorganization.

         Upon a complete  liquidation  of the Company,  each holder of shares of
the common stock would be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the  Company's
assets,  following  payment  of all  debts,  liabilities  and  claims of greater
priority of or against the Company.

Federal and State Tax Consequences of the Reorganization

         The  reorganization  may be effected in any manner  approved by the OTS
that is consistent  with the purposes of the plan and applicable law regulations
and policies. However, the Bank intends to consummate the reorganization using a
series of mergers as described below.  This structure enables the Bank to retain
all of its historical tax  attributes  and produces  significant  savings to the
Bank because it simplifies  regulatory approvals and conditions  associated with
the completion of the reorganization.

         The merger structure will be accomplished as follows: (i) the Bank will
organize the MHC initially as an interim  federal stock savings  institution  as
its  wholly  owned  subsidiary;  (ii)  the MHC will  organize  a  capital  stock
corporation under federal law (i.e., the Company) as its wholly owned subsidiary
that will subsequently hold 100% of the Bank's common stock;  (iii) the MHC will
also organize an interim  federal stock savings  institution as its wholly owned
subsidiary   ("Interim").   The   following   transactions   will   then   occur
simultaneously:  (iv) the Bank will  exchange  its charter  for a federal  stock
savings  institution charter (the  "Reorganization");  (v) the MHC (while in its
stock form) will cancel its  outstanding  stock and  exchange  its charter for a
federal mutual savings  institution  holding  company charter and thereby become
the MHC;  (vi) Interim will merge with and into the Bank with the Bank being the
surviving  institution  and (vii) the initially  issued stock of the Bank (which
will be constructively  received by former Bank depositors when the Bank becomes
the Bank  pursuant  to step  (iv))  will be  issued to the MHC in  exchange  for
liquidation  interests  in the MHC which will be held by the Bank's  depositors.
The MHC will then contribute  100% of the stock of the Bank to the Company,  its
wholly  owned  subsidiary.  The Company will  subsequently offer for sale 47% of
its common stock  pursuant to the plan. As a result of these  transactions:  (a)
the Bank will be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company;  (b) the Company will
be a majority-owned  subsidiary of the MHC; and (c) the former depositors of the
Bank will hold liquidation interests in the MHC.

         Under  this  structure:  (i) the  Reorganization  is  intended  to be a
tax-free  reorganization under Code section 368(a)(1)(F);  and (ii) the exchange
of the shares of the Bank's initial common stock deemed

                                       69





constructively  received by the Bank's  depositors for liquidation  interests in
the MHC (the  "Exchange")  is  intended  to be a  tax-free  exchange  under Code
section 351.

         Under the plan, consummation of the Reorganization is conditioned upon,
among other  things,  the prior  receipt by the Bank of either a private  letter
ruling from the IRS and from the federal taxing authorities or an opinion of the
Bank's  counsel as to the  federal and Florida  income tax  consequences  of the
Reorganization  to the Bank (in both its mutual and stock form), the Company and
the  Eligible  Account  Holders and  Supplemental  Account  Holders.  In Revenue
Procedure 99-3, the IRS announced that it will not rule on whether a transaction
qualifies as a tax-free  reorganization  under Code section 368(a)(1)(F) or as a
tax-free exchange of stock for stock in the formation of a holding company under
Code section 351, but that it will rule on significant  sub-issues  that must be
resolved to determine  whether the  transaction  qualifies under either of these
Code sections.

         The Bank has  requested a private  letter ruling from the IRS regarding
certain  significant sub- issues  associated with the  Reorganization.  Based in
part upon this private letter ruling,  Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. will
issue its opinion  regarding  certain  federal  income tax  consequences  of the
reorganization.  There is no  assurance  that a private  letter  ruling  will be
obtained.

         In the  following  discussion,  "Mutual Bank" refers to the Bank before
the Reorganization and "Stock Bank" refers to the Bank after the Reorganization.

         With regard to the Reorganization, Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.
intends to issue an opinion  that:  (1) the  Reorganization  will  constitute  a
reorganization  under  Code  section  368(a)(1)(F),  and the Bank (in either its
status as Mutual Bank or Stock Bank) will  recognize no gain or loss as a result
of the  Reorganization;  (2) the basis of each asset of Mutual Bank  received by
Stock Bank in the  Reorganization  will be the same as Mutual  Bank's  basis for
such asset  immediately prior to the  Reorganization;  (3) the holding period of
each asset of Mutual  Bank  received  by Stock Bank in the  Reorganization  will
include the period  during which such asset was held by Mutual Bank prior to the
Reorganization;  (4) for  purposes of Code  section  381(b),  Stock Bank will be
treated as if there had been no  Reorganization  and,  accordingly,  the taxable
year of the Mutual Bank will not end on the effective date of the reorganization
and the tax  attributes of Mutual Bank (subject to  application of Code sections
381,  382,  and  384)  will  be  taken  into  account  by  Stock  Bank as if the
Reorganization  had not occurred;  (5) Mutual Bank's qualifying  depositors will
recognize  no gain or loss upon  their  constructive  receipt of shares of Stock
Bank common  stock  solely in exchange  for their  interest  (i.e.,  liquidation
rights) in Mutual Bank; and (6) no gain or loss will be recognized by depositors
of Mutual  Bank upon the  issuance to them of deposits in Stock Bank in the same
dollar amount as their deposits in the Mutual Bank.

         Unlike private rulings of the IRS, an opinion of counsel is not binding
on the IRS and the IRS could disagree with conclusions  reached therein.  In the
event of such  disagreement,  there can be no  assurance  that the IRS would not
prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding.

         Hahn, McClurg,  Watson, Griffith & Bush, P.A. intends to opine, subject
to the limitations and qualifications in its opinion,  that, for purposes of the
Florida  corporate  income  tax,  the  Reorganization  will not become a taxable
transaction to the Bank (in either its status as Mutual Bank or Stock Bank), the
MHC, the Company,  the  stockholders  of the Stock Bank or the depositors of the
Bank.


                                       70





Accounting Consequences

         The  reorganization  will be  accounted  for in a manner  similar  to a
pooling-of-interests  under GAAP. Accordingly,  the carrying value of the Bank's
assets,  liabilities,  and capital will be unaffected by the  reorganization and
will be reflected in the Company's and Bank's consolidated  financial statements
based on their historical amounts.

Conditions to the Reorganization

         Consummation  of the  reorganization  is subject to the  receipt of all
requisite regulatory  approvals,  including various approvals or non-objections,
as the case may be, of the OTS. The receipt of such approvals or  non-objections
from the OTS does not constitute a recommendation  or endorsement of the plan or
reorganization by the OTS. Consummation of the reorganization also is subject to
ratification  of the plan by a majority  of the total votes of  depositors  at a
special  meeting  called for the purpose of approving  the plan,  as well as the
receipt of satisfactory rulings or opinions with respect to the tax consequences
of the  reorganization,  as discussed under "The Reorganization - Effects of the
Reorganization - Federal and State Tax Consequences" above.

Capital and Financial Resources of the MHC

         The Company  intends to  capitalize  the MHC with up to $200,000 in the
reorganization.   Subsequent  to  the  reorganization,  the  MHC's  capital  and
financial  resources will initially be dependent  primarily on earnings from the
investment of its initial  capitalization  and dividends  from the Company.  The
payment of  dividends  by the  Company  will be subject  to  declaration  by the
Company's  Board of  Directors,  which  will take  into  account  the  Company's
financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  tax  considerations,   industry
standards, economic conditions, regulatory restrictions which affect the payment
of dividends by the Company to the MHC and other factors.

         Additional  financial  resources also may be available to the MHC (and,
through  contribution  by the MHC, to the Company)  through  borrowings  from an
unaffiliated lender or lenders. In connection with any such borrowings,  the MHC
could grant a security  interest in the assets of the MHC,  including the common
stock held by the MHC.  However,  a mutual  holding  company  generally  may not
pledge  the stock of a  subsidiary  savings  association  and may not be able to
pledge the Stock of the Company  unless the  proceeds of the loan secured by the
pledge are infused  into the  institution  whose stock is pledged and the OTS is
notified of such pledge  within 10 days  thereafter.  Any  borrowings of the MHC
would be serviced with  available  resources,  which  initially  will consist of
dividends   from  the  Company,   subject  to  applicable   regulatory  and  tax
considerations.  The MHC  does not have  any  plans  to incur  any  indebtedness
following consummation of the reorganization.

Amendment or Termination of the Plan of Reorganization

         If deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors of the Bank,
the plan may be amended by a two-thirds  vote of the Bank's Board of  Directors,
with the concurrence of the OTS, at any time prior to or after submission of the
plan to  voting  depositors  of the  Bank  for  ratification.  The  plan  may be
terminated  by the Board of  Directors of the Bank at any time prior to or after
ratification by the voting depositors, by a two-thirds vote with the concurrence
of the OTS.


                                       71





Management of the MHC

         After the  reorganization,  the MHC will operate under  essentially the
same mutual  organization  structure as was  previously  applicable to the Bank.
Directors of the MHC will be  classified  into three classes as equal in size as
is  possible,  with one of such  classes  being  elected on an annual  basis for
three-year  terms by the Board of Directors  of the MHC. All current  members of
the Board of Directors  of the Bank will be the initial  members of the Board of
Directors  of the MHC.  For  information  about  these  persons,  whose terms as
directors  of the MHC will be the same as their terms as  directors of the Bank,
see "Management." The initial executive  officers of the Company will be persons
who are executive officers of the Bank.

         It is not anticipated that the directors and executive  officers of the
MHC will receive  separate  compensation in their  capacities as such until such
time as such persons devote  significant time to the separate  management of the
MHC's  affairs,  which is not expected to occur unless the MHC becomes  actively
involved  in other  investments.  The MHC,  however,  may  determine  that  such
compensation is appropriate in the future.

                                  THE OFFERING

General

         Concurrently  with the  reorganization,  we, the Company,  are offering
shares of common stock to persons other than the MHC. We are offering  between a
minimum of 1,737,825  shares and an anticipated  maximum of 2,351,175  shares of
common stock in the offering (subject to adjustment to up to 2,703,851 shares in
the event our estimated  pro forma market value has increased at the  conclusion
of the offering),  which will expire at ____:____  __________,  Florida time, on
__________ ____, 1998 unless  extended.  The shares of common stock that will be
sold in the offering will constitute no more than 47% of the shares that will be
outstanding  upon completion of the offering.  The minimum purchase is 25 shares
of common stock (minimum  investment of $250). Our common stock is being offered
at a fixed price of $10.00 per share in the offering.

         Subscription  funds may be held by the Bank for up to 45 days after the
last day of the subscription  offering in order to consummate the reorganization
and offering and thus, unless waived by the Bank, all orders will be irrevocable
until __________ __, 1999. In addition,  the reorganization and offering may not
be consummated  until the Bank receives  approval from the OTS.  Approval by the
OTS is not a recommendation of the  reorganization or offering.  Consummation of
the  reorganization  and offering will be delayed,  and  resolicitation  will be
required,  in the event the OTS does not  issue a letter of  approval  within 45
days after the last day of the  subscription  offering,  or in the event the OTS
requires  a  material  change  to the  offering  prior  to the  issuance  of its
approval.  In the event the  reorganization  and offering are not consummated by
________,  1999,  subscribers  will have the right to  modify or  rescind  their
subscriptions and to have their subscription funds returned with interest at the
Bank's passbook rate and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.

         We may cancel the  offering  at any time,  and orders for common  stock
which have been submitted are subject to cancellation under such circumstances.


                                       72





Conduct of the Offering

         Subject  to the  limitations  of the plan,  shares of common  stock are
being offered in descending order of priority in the  subscription  offering to:
(i) Eligible Account Holders; (ii) the ESOP; (iii) Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders;  and (iv) Other Members. To the extent that shares remain available and
subject  to market  conditions  at or near the  completion  of the  subscription
offering,  we will  conduct one or more of a  community,  public and  syndicated
public offering.

         We have  the  right,  in our  sole  discretion,  to  determine  whether
prospective  purchasers  are  "associates"  or  "acting  in  concert."  All such
determinations  are in our sole discretion and may be based on whatever evidence
we choose to use in making any such determination.

Subscription Offering

         Subscription Rights.  Non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe
for  the  purchase  of  common  stock  have  been  granted  under  the  plan  of
reorganization to the following persons:

         Priority 1: Eligible  Account  Holders.  Each Eligible  Account  Holder
shall be given the  opportunity  to  purchase  up to  $200,000  of common  stock
offered  in  the  subscription  offering;  subject  to the  overall  limitations
described  under " -  Limitations  on Purchases  of Common  Stock." If there are
insufficient  shares available to satisfy all  subscriptions of Eligible Account
Holders,  shares will be allocated to Eligible  Account  Holders so as to permit
each  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder  to  purchase  a number  of  shares
sufficient  to  make  his  total  allocation  equal  to 25  shares.  Thereafter,
unallocated shares will be allocated to remaining  subscribing  Eligible Account
Holders whose  subscriptions  remain  unfilled in the same  proportion that each
such  subscriber's  qualifying  deposit  bears to the total amount of qualifying
deposits of all subscribing  Eligible Account Holders,  in each case on June 30,
1997,  whose  subscriptions  remain  unfilled.  Subscription  rights received by
executive officers and directors,  based on their increased deposits in the Bank
in the one year preceding the  eligibility  record date will be  subordinated to
the  subscription  rights of other eligible  account  holders.  To ensure proper
allocation of stock,  each Eligible  Account  Holder must list on his order form
all accounts in which he had an ownership  interest as of the Eligibility Record
Date.

         Priority 2: The ESOP.  The  tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plans
may be given the  opportunity  to  purchase  in the  aggregate  up to 10% of the
common stock issued in the subscription  offering.  It is expected that the ESOP
will purchase up to 8% of the common stock issued in the offering.  In the event
of a an oversubscription  in the offering by Eligible Account Holders,  the ESOP
may,  in  whole or in  part,  fill  its  order  through  open  market  purchases
subsequent  to the closing of the  offering.  See also "Risk  Factors - Expenses
Associated with the ESOP and Stock Benefit Plans."

         Priority 3: Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders. To the extent there
are sufficient shares remaining after  satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible
Account  Holders and the ESOP and other  tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit
plans,  if any,  each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder  shall  have  the
opportunity  to  purchase  up  to  $200,000  of  common  stock  offered  in  the
subscription  offering,  subject  to the  overall  limitations  described  under
"Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock." In the event  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares
subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders and the ESOP and other  tax-qualified
employee stock benefit plans, if any, is in excess of the total number of shares
offered in the  offering,  the shares of common  stock will be  allocated  among
subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders first so as to permit

                                       73





each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of
shares  sufficient to make his total allocation equal to 25 shares.  Thereafter,
unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible
account Holder whose  subscription  remains unfilled in the same proportion that
such  subscriber's  qualifying  deposits  bear to the total amount of qualifying
deposits of all subscribing  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case
on December 31, 1998,  whose  subscriptions  remain  unfilled.  To ensure proper
allocation of stock each  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder must list on his
order form all accounts  and loans in which he had an  ownership  interest as of
the Supplemental Eligible Date.

         Priority  4: Other  Members.  To the extent  that there are  sufficient
shares remaining after satisfaction of all subscriptions by the Eligible Account
Holders,  the  tax-qualified  employee  stock benefit  plans,  and  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders,  each  Other  Member  who  is  not  an  Eligible  or
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder shall have the opportunity to purchase up
to $200,000 of common stock offered in the subscription offering, subject to the
overall  limitations  described  under "-  Limitations  on  Purchases  of Common
Stock." In the event Other Members  subscribe for a number of shares which, when
added  to  the  shares   subscribed  for  by  Eligible  Account   Holders,   the
tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plans and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder, is in excess of the total number of shares offered in the offering,  the
subscriptions of Other Members will be allocated among subscribing Other Members
so as to permit  each  subscribing  Other  Member,  to the extent  possible,  to
purchase a number of shares  sufficient  to make his total  allocation of common
stock equal to the lesser of 25 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by
Other  Members.  Any shares  remaining will be allocated  among the  subscribing
Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied on a 25 shares (or whatever
lesser amount is available) per order basis until all orders have been filled or
the remaining shares have been allocated.

         State Securities  Laws. We in our sole discretion,  may make reasonable
efforts to comply with the securities  laws of any state in the United States in
which Bank depositors  reside,  and will only offer and sell the common stock in
states in which the offers and sales comply with state securities laws. However,
no person will be offered or allowed to purchase any common stock under the plan
if he resides  in a foreign  country  or in a state of the  United  States  with
respect to which: (i) a small number of persons  otherwise  eligible to purchase
shares under the plan reside in such state or foreign  country;  and/or (ii) the
offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons  would require us or the
Bank or our employees to register,  under the  securities  laws of such state or
foreign country,  as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise  qualify its
securities for sale in such state or foreign  country and such  registration  or
qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

         Restrictions  on Transfer of Subscription  Rights and Shares.  The plan
prohibits  any person  with  subscription  rights,  including  Eligible  Account
Holders,   Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and  Other  Members,  from
transferring  or entering  into any agreement or  understanding  to transfer the
legal or beneficial  ownership of the subscription  rights issued under the plan
or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise.  Such rights may
be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her
account.  Each person  subscribing  for shares will be required to certify  that
such person is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that such
person has no agreement or understanding  regarding the sale or transfer of such
shares.  The  regulations  also  prohibit any person from  offering or making an
announcement  of  an  offer  or  intent  to  make  an  offer  to  purchase  such
subscription  rights or shares of common  stock prior to the  completion  of the
offering.

         We and the Bank will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in
the event we become  aware of the transfer of  subscription  rights and will not
honor orders we know to involve the transfer of such rights.

                                       74






         Expiration  Date.  The  subscription  offering will expire at ____:____
__________, Florida time, on __________ ____, 1999, unless it is extended, up to
an additional  45 days with the approval of the OTS, if  necessary,  but without
additional notice to subscribers (the "expiration  date").  Subscription  rights
will become void if not exercised prior to the expiration date.

Community Offering

         If less  than  the  total  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  to be
subscribed  for in the offering are sold in the  subscription  offering,  shares
remaining  unsubscribed  may be made  available  for  purchase in the  community
offering to certain members of the general public,  which may subscribe together
with any  associate or group of persons  acting in concert for up to $200,000 of
common stock.  In the community  offering,  if any, shares will be available for
purchase by the general public with  preference  given first to natural  persons
residing  in either Polk or Manatee  County in Florida  and  second,  to natural
persons residing in the State of Florida.  We will attempt to issue common stock
in such a manner as to promote a wide distribution of common stock.

         If purchasers in the  community  offering (if any),  whose orders would
otherwise  be  accepted,  subscribe  for  more  shares  than are  available  for
purchase,  the  shares  available  to  them  will  be  allocated  among  persons
submitting orders in the community offering in an equitable manner we determine.

         The  community  offering,  if any,  may commence  simultaneously  with,
during or  subsequent  to the  completion  of the  subscription  offering and if
commenced  simultaneously with or during the subscription offering the community
offering may be limited to residents of Polk or Manatee  County in Florida.  The
community  offering,  if any,  must  be  completed  within  45  days  after  the
completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the OTS.

         We, in our absolute discretion,  reserve the right to reject any or all
orders in whole or in part which are received in the community offering,  at the
time of  receipt  or as soon as  practicable  following  the  completion  of the
community offering.

Syndicated Community Offering

         To the  extent  that  shares  remain  available  and  subject to market
conditions at or near the completion of the subscription  offering, we may offer
shares, to selected persons in a syndicated community offering on a best-efforts
basis through Sandler O'Neill in such a manner as to promote a wide distribution
of the common stock. Orders received in connection with the syndicated community
offering,  if any,  will receive a lower  priority  than orders  received in the
subscription  offering.  Common stock sold in the syndicated  community offering
will be sold at the same price as all other shares in the subscription offering.
We have the right to reject orders,  in whole or in part, in our sole discretion
in the syndicated community offering.

         No person,  together with any  associate or group of persons  acting in
concert,  will be permitted to purchase  more than 20,000  shares or $200,000 of
common stock in the syndicated community offering.  To order common stock in the
syndicated  community  offering,  if held,  an executed  stock order and account
withdrawal  authorization  (if  applicable)  must be received by Sandler O'Neill
prior to the  termination of the syndicated  community  offering.  Promptly upon
receipt of available  funds,  together with a properly  executed stock order and
account withdrawal authorization, if applicable, and

                                       75





certification,  Sandler  O'Neill  will  forward  such  funds  to the  Bank to be
deposited in a subscription escrow account.

         The date by which orders must be received in the  syndicated  community
offering  will  be set by us at  the  time  of  commencement  of the  syndicated
community offering;  provided however,  if the syndicated  community offering is
extended beyond  ___________,  1999, each purchaser will have the opportunity to
maintain, modify, or rescind his order. In such event, all funds received in the
syndicated  community  offering will be promptly  returned with interest to each
purchaser unless he affirmatively indicates otherwise.

         If an order in the syndicated community offering is accepted,  promptly
after the completion of the  reorganization,  a certificate  for the appropriate
amount of shares  will be  forwarded  to  Sandler  O'Neill  as  nominee  for the
beneficial   owner.  In  the  event  that  an  order  is  not  accepted  or  the
reorganization  is not consummated,  the Bank will promptly refund with interest
the funds  received  to  Sandler  O'Neill  which  will then  return the funds to
subscribers'  accounts.  If the aggregate pro forma market value of the Bank, as
converted, is less than $37.0 million or more than $50.0 million, each purchaser
will have the right to modify or rescind his or her order.

Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock

         The following  additional  limitations have been imposed upon purchases
of shares of common stock:

          1.   The  aggregate  amount of our  outstanding  common stock owned or
               controlled  by persons other than the mutual  holding  company at
               the close of the offering  will be less than 50% of the Company's
               total outstanding common stock.

          2.   The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  which may be
               purchased in the subscription  offering by any person (or persons
               through a single account) in the first  priority,  third priority
               and fourth priority shall not exceed 20,000 shares or $200,000.

          3.   The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  which may be
               subscribed  for or purchased in all categories in the offering by
               any person (or persons  through a single  account)  together with
               any  associate  or group of persons  acting in concert  shall not
               exceed 20,000 shares or $200,000 for our employee plans, which in
               the  aggregate  may  subscribe  for up to 10% of the common stock
               issued in the offering.

          4.   The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  which may be
               purchased  in all  categories  in the  offering by  officers  and
               directors of the Bank and their associates in the aggregate shall
               not  exceed  27% of the total  number  of shares of common  stock
               issued in the offering to persons  other than the mutual  holding
               company.

          5.   A minimum of 25 shares of common  stock must be purchased by each
               person  purchasing  shares in the  offering  to the extent  those
               shares are available.

          6.   If the number of shares of common  stock  otherwise  allocable to
               any person or that person's  associates would be in excess of the
               maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number
               of shares of common stock allocated to each such person

                                       76





               shall be  reduced  to the lowest  limitation  applicable  to that
               person,  and then the  number of shares  allocated  to each group
               consisting  of a person  and that  person's  associates  shall be
               reduced so that the  aggregate  allocation to that person and his
               associates  complies  with the above  maximums,  and such maximum
               number of shares shall be  reallocated  among that person and his
               associates in proportion to the shares  subscribed by each (after
               first   applying   the  maximums   applicable   to  each  person,
               separately).

          7.   Depending  upon  market  or  financial  conditions,  the Board of
               Directors  of  the  Bank,   without   further   approval  of  the
               depositors,  may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in
               the plan, provided that the maximum purchase  limitations may not
               be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the offering.  If
               the Company  increases  the  maximum  purchase  limitations,  the
               Company is only required to resolicit  Persons who subscribed for
               the maximum  purchase  amount and may, in the sole  discretion of
               the Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers.

          8.   In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered
               in  the  offering  due  to an  increase  in  the  maximum  of the
               estimated  valuation  range of up to 15% (the adjusted  maximum")
               the  additional  shares  will be used in the  following  order of
               priority:  (i) in the event that there is an  oversubscription at
               the Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfilled subscriptions
               of Eligible  Account Holders  exclusive of the adjusted  maximum;
               (ii)  in the  event  that  there  is an  oversubscription  at the
               Employee Plan level, fill the Employee Plan's  subscription up to
               10% of the adjusted maximum;  (iii) in the event that there is an
               oversubscription  at the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder
               level, to fill unfilled  subscriptions  of Supplemental  Eligible
               Account Holders  exclusive of the adjusted  maximum;  (iv) in the
               event that there is an  oversubscription  at the depositor level,
               to fill unfilled  subscriptions  of  depositors  exclusive of the
               adjusted maximum;  and (v) to fill unfilled  Subscriptions in the
               community  offering  exclusive  of  the  adjusted  maximum,  with
               preference given to persons residing in the local community.

          9.   No person  shall be entitled to purchase  any common stock to the
               extent such  purchase  would be illegal  under any federal law or
               state law or regulation or would violate  regulations or policies
               of  the  NASD,  particularly  those  regarding  free  riding  and
               withholding. The Bank and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable
               legal  opinion  from any  purchaser  as to the  legality  of such
               purchase  and may  refuse  to honor  any  purchase  order if such
               opinion is not timely furnished.

          10.  The  Board  of  Directors  has the  right  to  reject  any  order
               submitted  by  a  person  whose   representations  the  Board  of
               Directors  believes  to be  false or who it  otherwise  believes,
               either  alone or acting in concert  with  others,  is  violating,
               circumventing,  or intends to violate,  evade,  or circumvent the
               terms and conditions of the plan.

          11.  The foregoing  restrictions on purchases by any person also apply
               to  purchases  by  persons  acting in  concert  under  applicable
               regulations of the OTS. Under  regulations of the OTS,  directors
               of the Bank are not deemed to be  affiliates or a group acting in
               concert with other directors  solely as a result of membership on
               the Board of Directors of the Bank.

         The term "associate" of a person is defined in the plan to mean (i) any
corporation or organization (other than the Bank or a majority-owned  subsidiary
of the Bank) of which such  person is an officer or partner or is,  directly  or
indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of

                                       77





equity  securities,  (ii) any trust or other  estate in which such  person has a
substantial  beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or
in a similar fiduciary capacity, (excluding tax-qualified employee stock benefit
plans or  tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit  plans in which a person has a
substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary
capacity and except that, for purposes of  aggregating  total shares that may be
held by  officers  and  directors,  the term  "Associate"  does not  include any
tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plan), and (iii) any relative or spouse of
such person or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person
or who  is a  trustee  or  officer  of the  Bank,  or  any  of  its  parents  or
subsidiaries.  For example, a corporation of which a person serves as an officer
would be an associate of such person,  and  therefore,  all shares  purchased by
such  corporation  would be included with the number of shares which such person
individually could purchase under the above limitations.

         Each person  purchasing shares of the common stock in the offering will
be deemed to confirm  that such  purchase  does not  conflict  with the  maximum
purchase  limitation.  In the event that such purchase limitation is violated by
any person (including any associate or group of persons  affiliated or otherwise
acting in concert with such  persons),  we will have the right to purchase  from
such person at the purchase  price per share all shares  acquired by such person
in excess of such purchase  limitation  or, if such excess shares have been sold
by such person,  to receive the difference  between the purchase price per share
paid for such excess  shares and the price at which such excess shares were sold
by such person.
Our right to purchase such excess shares will be assignable.

         Common  stock  purchased  pursuant  to  the  offering  will  be  freely
transferable, except for shares purchased by directors and officers of the Bank.
For  certain  restrictions  on the  common  stock  purchased  by  directors  and
officers,  see "- Restrictions on Transferability by Directors and Officers." In
addition, under guidelines of the NASD, members of the NASD and their associates
are subject to certain  restrictions on the transfer of securities  purchased in
accordance with subscription  rights and to certain reporting  requirements upon
purchase of such securities.

Ordering and Receiving Common Stock

         Use of Order  Forms.  Rights  to  subscribe  may only be  exercised  by
completion of an order form.  Any person  receiving an order form who desires to
subscribe  for  shares  of  common  stock  must do so  prior  to the  applicable
expiration  date by  delivering  (by mail or in person ) to the Bank a  properly
executed and  completed  order form,  together with full payment of the purchase
price for all shares for which subscription is made; provided,  however, that if
the Employee Plans subscribe for shares during the  subscription  offering,  the
Employee  Plans  will not be  required  to pay for the  shares  at the time they
subscribe  but  rather  may  pay  for  the  shares  upon   consummation  of  the
reorganization.  Except for  institutional  investors,  all subscription  rights
under the plan will expire on the expiration  date,  whether or not the Bank has
been able to locate each person entitled to such subscription  rights.  The Bank
shall have the right, in its sole discretion,  to permit institutional investors
to submit  contractually  irrevocable  orders in the public offering at any time
prior to the  completion of the offering.  Once  tendered,  subscription  orders
cannot be revoked without the consent of the Bank unless the  reorganization  is
not completed within 45 days of the expiration date.

         In the event an order form (i) is not  delivered and is returned to the
Bank by the  United  States  Postal  Service or the Bank is unable to locate the
addressee;  (ii) is not received or is received after the applicable  expiration
date, (iii) is defectively completed or executed; (iv) is not accompanied by the
full required payment for the shares subscribed for (including instances where a
savings  account or certificate  balance from which  withdrawal is authorized is
insufficient to fund the amount of such required payment,

                                       78





but  excluding  subscriptions  by the  Employee  Plans)  or,  in the  case of an
institutional  investor in the public offering, by delivering irrevocable orders
together with a legally binding  commitment to pay the full purchase price prior
to 48 hours before the  completion of the  reorganization;  or (v) is not mailed
pursuant  to a "no mail"  order  placed in effect  by the  account  holder,  the
subscription  rights for the person to whom such rights have been  granted  will
lapse as though such person failed to return the completed order form within the
time period specified.  However,  we may, but will not be required to, waive any
irregularity  on any order form or require the  submission  of  corrected  order
forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as we
may otherwise specify.  The waiver of an irregularity on an order form in no way
obligates us to waive any other  irregularity  on any other order form.  Waivers
will be  considered  on a case by case  basis.  We reserve the right in our sole
discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopies or facsimile order
forms,  or whose  payment is to be made by wire transfer or payment from private
third parties. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan and of
the acceptability of the order forms will be final,  subject to the authority of
the OTS.

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the  applicable  expiration  date, in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  no  prospectus  will be mailed any later than
five days prior to such date or hand  delivered any later than two days prior to
such date .  Execution  of the order form will  confirm  receipt or  delivery in
accordance  with Rule  15c2- 8.  Order  forms  will only be  distributed  with a
prospectus.

         Payment  for Shares.  For  subscriptions  to be valid,  payment for all
subscribed  shares will be required to accompany  all properly  completed  order
forms,  on or prior to the expiration date specified on the order form unless we
extend the date.  Employee Plans  subscribing for shares during the subscription
offering may pay for such shares upon consummation of the offering.  Payment for
shares of common stock may be made (i) in cash, if delivered in person,  (ii) by
check or money order, or (iii) for shares of common stock  subscribed for in the
subscription  offering,  by  authorization  of withdrawal from savings  accounts
(including  certificates of deposit) maintained with the Bank. Appropriate means
by which such withdrawals may be authorized are provided in the order form. Once
such a withdrawal has been authorized,  none of the designated withdrawal amount
may be used by a  subscriber  for any purpose  other than to purchase the common
stock  for  which a  subscription  has been made  until  the  offering  has been
completed or terminated.  In the case of payments  authorized to be made through
withdrawal  from savings  accounts,  all sums  authorized  for  withdrawal  will
continue  to earn  interest at the  contract  rate until the  offering  has been
completed or terminated.  Interest penalties for early withdrawal  applicable to
certificate  accounts will not apply to withdrawals  authorized for the purchase
of shares,  however,  if a partial withdrawal  results in a certificate  account
with a  balance  less  than the  applicable  minimum  balance  requirement,  the
certificate  shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal,  without penalty,  and
the remaining  balance will earn interest at the passbook  savings  account rate
subsequent to the  withdrawal.  In the case of payments made in cash or by check
or money order,  such funds will be placed in a segregated  account and interest
will be paid by the Bank at the  passbook  savings  account  rate  from the date
payment is received until the offering is completed or  terminated.  An executed
order  form,  once we receive it, may not be  modified,  amended,  or  rescinded
without our consent,  unless the offering is not completed  within 45 days after
the conclusion of the subscription  offering,  in which event subscribers may be
given the opportunity to increase, decrease, or rescind their subscription for a
specified  period of time. In the event that the offering is not consummated for
any  reason,  all funds  submitted  pursuant to the  offerings  will be promptly
refunded with interest as described above.

         Owners  of  self-directed  IRAs  may use  the  assets  of such  IRAs to
purchase  shares of common stock in the  offerings,  provided that such IRAs are
not maintained on deposit at the Bank.  Persons with IRAs maintained at the Bank
must have their accounts transferred to an unaffiliated institution or broker

                                       79





to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  in the  offerings.  There  is no  early
withdrawal or IRS interest penalties for such transfers.  Instructions on how to
transfer  self-directed  IRAs  maintained  at the Bank can be obtained  from the
stock information center.  Depositors interested in using funds in a Bank IRA to
purchase  common stock should  contact the stock  information  center as soon as
possible so that the  necessary  forms may be  forwarded,  executed and returned
prior to the expiration date.

         Federal  regulations  prohibit the Bank from lending funds or extending
credit to any person to purchase the common stock in the reorganization.

         Stock Information  Center.  The stock information  center is located at
220 E. Lemon Street,  6th Floor,  Lakeland,  Florida.  Its phone number is (941)
____-____.

         Delivery of Stock Certificates.  Certificates representing common stock
issued in the  offering  will be mailed to the persons  entitled  thereto at the
address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable  following  consummation
of the offering.  Any certificates  returned as undeliverable will be held until
claimed  by  persons  legally  entitled  thereto  or  otherwise  disposed  of in
accordance  with  applicable  law. Until  certificates  for the common stock are
available and delivered to subscribers,  subscribers may not be able to sell the
shares of stock for which they subscribed.

Restriction on Sales Activities

         Our   directors  and  executive   officers  may   participate   in  the
solicitation  of offers to purchase  common  stock in  jurisdictions  where such
participation is not prohibited.  Other employees of the Bank may participate in
the  offering  in  ministerial  capacities.   Such  other  employees  have  been
instructed  not to solicit  offers to purchase  common  stock or provide  advice
regarding the purchase of common stock. Questions of prospective purchasers will
be directed to executive  officers of the Bank or registered  representatives of
Sandler  O'Neill.  No  officer,  director  or  employee  of  the  Bank  will  be
compensated   in   connection   with  such  person's   solicitations   or  other
participation   in  the  offering  by  the  payment  of   commissions  or  other
remuneration  based either  directly or indirectly on transactions in the common
stock.

Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares

         Generally,  during the first year  following  the  reorganization,  the
Company may not repurchase its shares. During each of the second and third years
following the  reorganization,  the Company may repurchase up to five percent of
the outstanding shares provided they are purchased in open-market  transactions.
Repurchases  must not cause us to become  undercapitalized  and at least 10 days
prior  notice  of the  repurchase  must  be  provided  to the  OTS.  The OTS may
disapprove a repurchase  program upon a  determination  that (1) the  repurchase
program would  adversely  affect our financial  condition,  (2) the  information
submitted  is  insufficient  upon which to base a  conclusion  as to whether the
financial condition would be adversely affected, or (3) a valid business purpose
was not  demonstrated.  In  addition,  SEC rules also govern the  method,  time,
price,  and  number of shares of common  stock  that may be  repurchased  by the
Company and affiliated purchasers.  If, in the future, the rules and regulations
regarding the repurchase of stock are  liberalized,  the Company may utilize the
rules and regulations then in effect.

                                       80





Stock Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Offered

         Feldman Financial,  which is experienced in the valuation and appraisal
of business  entities,  including  savings  institutions,  has been  retained to
prepare an appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock
(the "Independent  Valuation").  This independent valuation will express our pro
forma market value in terms of an aggregate  dollar  amount.  Feldman  Financial
will  receive  fees  of  $23,500  for  its  appraisal  services,  including  the
independent  valuation  and  subsequent  updates,  and $5,000 for  assistance in
preparation of our business plan,  plus its  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred in connection  with the  independent  valuation and business  plan. The
Bank has agreed to  indemnify  Feldman  Financial  under  certain  circumstances
against  liabilities and expenses  (including certain legal fees) arising out of
or based on any misstatement or untrue statement of a material fact contained in
the information supplied by the Bank to Feldman Financial,  except where Feldman
Financial  is  determined  to have been  negligent  or failed  to  exercise  due
diligence in the preparation of the independent valuation.

         Pursuant  to the plan,  the  number  of  shares  of common  stock to be
offered in the offering  will be based upon the estimated pro forma market value
of the  common  stock and the  purchase  price of $10.00  per  share.  The final
minority ownership  percentage will be determined as follows:  (i) the numerator
will be the  product  of (x) the  number of shares of common  stock  sold in the
offering and (y) the purchase price ($10.00 per share); and (ii) the denominator
will be the updated  valuation of our pro forma market  value  immediately  upon
conclusion of the offering as determined by Feldman Financial.

         Feldman  Financial has determined  that as of December ____,  1998, our
estimated  aggregate  pro forma  market  value was $43.5  million.  Pursuant  to
regulations,  this  estimate  must be included  within a range with a minimum of
$37.0 million and a maximum of $50.0 million. We have determined to offer shares
of common stock in the offering at a price of $10.00 per share.  We are offering
a  maximum  of  2,351,175  shares  in  the  offering  (subject  to  adjustment),
representing a 47% minority  ownership  percentage.  In determining the offering
range,  the Board of Directors  reviewed  Feldman  Financial's  appraisal and in
particular,  considered  (i) the  Bank's  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations for the year ended September 30, 1998, (ii) financial  comparisons of
the Bank in relation to financial institutions of similar size and asset quality
and (iii) stock market  conditions  generally  and in  particular  for financial
institutions,  all of which  are set  forth in the  appraisal.  The  Board  also
reviewed  the  methodology  and the  assumptions  used by Feldman  Financial  in
preparing  its  appraisal.  The number of  shares,  and the  minority  ownership
interest,  are  subject to change if the  independent  valuation  changes at the
conclusion of the offering.

         The number of shares and price per share of common stock was determined
by the Board of  Directors  based  upon the  independent  valuation.  The actual
number of shares to be sold in the offering may be increased or decreased  prior
to the completion of the offering,  subject to approval and conditions  that may
be imposed by the OTS, to reflect any change in our  estimated  pro forma market
value.  The total  number of shares of common  stock that may be sold to persons
other than the mutual  holding  company in the offering may not exceed 49.99% of
our issued and outstanding voting stock.

         Depending  on  market  and  financial  conditions  at the  time  of the
completion  of the  offering,  the Bank may  increase or decrease  the number of
shares to be issued in the  reorganization  and offering.  No  resolicitation of
purchasers will be made and purchasers will not be permitted to modify or cancel
their purchase  orders unless the change in the number of shares to be issued in
the  offering  results in fewer  than  1,737,825  shares or more than  2,351,175
shares  being sold in the  offering at the  purchase  price of $10.00,  in which
event the Bank may also elect to terminate the  offering.  In the event that the
Bank

                                       81





elects to terminate  the  offering,  purchasers  will receive a prompt refund of
their purchase  orders  (including  termination  of withdrawal  authorizations),
together  with interest  earned  thereon from the date of receipt to the date of
termination  of the  offering.  In the  event we  receive  orders  for less than
1,737,825  shares,  at the  discretion  of the Board of Directors and subject to
approval  of the OTS,  we may  establish  a new  offering  range  and  resolicit
purchasers. In the event of such a resolicitation,  purchasers will be permitted
to modify or cancel their  purchase  orders.  Any  adjustments  in our pro forma
market value as a result of market and financial  conditions or a resolicitation
of prospective purchasers would be subject to OTS approval. A resolicitation, if
any, following conclusion of the offering would not extend beyond the expiration
date, without prior approval of the OTS.

         The independent valuation will be updated at the time of the completion
of the offering, and the minority ownership interest may increase or decrease to
reflect the changes in market  conditions,  the estimated pro forma market value
of the Bank, or both.  If the updated  estimate of the pro forma market value of
the Bank  immediately upon conclusion of the offering  changes,  there will be a
corresponding  change to the 4,350,000 shares issued,  in the aggregate,  to the
mutual  holding  company in the  reorganization  and sold to  subscribers in the
offering.  For example,  if the  independent  valuation at the conclusion of the
offering  increases to $50.0 million,  or decreases to $37.0  million,  then the
total number of shares outstanding after the reorganization and offering will be
5,002,500  or  3,697,500,  respectively.  If the updated  independent  valuation
increases,  the Company may  increase  the number of shares sold in the offering
(to up to 2,703,851  shares),  and will  increase the number of shares issued to
the mutual holding  company.  Subscribers  will not be given the  opportunity to
change or withdraw their orders unless more than 2,351,175  shares or fewer than
1,737,825  shares are sold in the offering.  Any  adjustment of shares of common
stock sold will have a corresponding effect on the estimated net proceeds of the
offering and the pro forma capitalization and per share data of the Bank.

         The independent  valuation is not intended,  and must not be construed,
as a recommendation  of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing the common
stock. In preparing the independent valuation, Feldman Financial has relied upon
and  assumed  the  accuracy  and   completeness  of  financial  and  statistical
information provided by the Bank. Feldman Financial did not independently verify
the financial  statements  and other  information  provided by the Bank, nor did
Feldman  Financial value  independently  the assets and liabilities of the Bank.
The independent  valuation considers the Bank only as a going concern and should
not  be  considered  as a  indication  of the  liquidation  value  of the  Bank.
Moreover,  because  such  independent  valuation  is based  upon  estimates  and
projections on a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time
to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing the common stock will
be able to sell such  shares at a price  equal to or greater  than the  purchase
price.

         No sale of shares of common stock may be  consummated  unless,  Feldman
Financial  confirms  that, to the best of its  knowledge,  nothing of a material
nature has occurred that, taking into account all relevant factors,  would cause
Feldman  Financial to conclude that the  independent  valuation is  incompatible
with  its  estimate  of our pro  forma  market  value at the  conclusion  of the
offering. Any change that would result in an aggregate value that is below $37.0
million or above $50.0 million would be subject to OTS approval. If confirmation
from Feldman Financial is not received, the Bank may extend the offering, reopen
or commence a new offering, request a new Independent Valuation, establish a new
offering range and commence a resolicitation of all purchasers with the approval
of the OTS,  or take  such  other  action  as  permitted  by the OTS in order to
complete the offering.


                                       82





Plan of Distribution/Marketing Arrangements

         The common  stock will be offered in the  offering  principally  by the
distribution  of this prospectus and through  activities  conducted at the stock
information center. It is expected that a registered  representative employed by
Sandler  O'Neill will be working at, and supervising the operation of, the stock
information  center.  Sandler  O'Neill will be  responsible  for  overseeing the
mailing of material relating to the offering,  responding to questions regarding
the reorganization and the offering and processing order forms.

         The Bank and Company have entered into an agency agreement with Sandler
O'Neill under which Sandler O'Neill will provide advisory assistance and assist,
on a best efforts  basis,  in the  solicitation  of  subscriptions  and purchase
orders for the common stock in the offering.  Sandler O'Neill is a broker-dealer
registered   with  the  National   Association  of  Securities   Dealers,   Inc.
Specifically,  Sandler  O'Neill  will assist in the  offering  in the  following
manner:  (i) assisting in the design and  implementation of a marketing strategy
for the offering; (ii) assisting Bank management in scheduling and preparing for
meetings with potential investors and  broker-dealers;  and (iii) providing such
other  general  advice  and  assistance  as  may be  requested  to  promote  the
successful completion of the offering.

         Sandler  O'Neill  will  receive,  as  compensation,   an  advisory  and
marketing fee of 0.75% of the aggregate amount of stock sold in the Subscription
and Community  Offerings,  excluding  shares sold to the Bank's employee benefit
plans,  any  director,  officer or  employee of the Bank or any members of their
immediate  families.  In the event common stock is sold through licensed brokers
under a selected dealers agreement,  we will pay the sales commission payable to
the selected dealer pursuant to the agreement,  any sponsoring dealer's fees and
a managing  dealer's fee to Sandler  O'Neill of 0.75% of the aggregate  price of
such shares.  Sandler  O'Neill's fee shall not exceed 0.75% for any shares sold.
Sandler  O'Neill will also be  reimbursed  for its legal fees and  out-of-pocket
expenses,  not to  exceed  $35,000.  The Bank has  agreed to  indemnify  Sandler
O'Neill,  to the extent  allowed by law,  for  reasonable  costs and expenses in
connection with certain claims or  liabilities,  including  certain  liabilities
under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended.  See "Pro Forma Data" for further
information regarding expenses of the offering.

Restrictions on Transferability by Directors and Officers

         Shares of the common  stock  purchased  by directors or officers of the
Bank  cannot  be sold  for a  period  of one year  following  completion  of the
reorganization,  except for a disposition of shares in the event of the death of
the stockholder. Accordingly, shares of the common stock issued to directors and
officers  will  bear a legend  restricting  their  sale.  Any  shares  issued to
directors  and  officers as a stock  dividend,  stock split,  or otherwise  with
respect to restricted stock will be subject to the same restriction.


                                       83





         For a period of three years following the  reorganization,  no director
or officer of the Bank or their  associates  may,  without the prior approval of
the OTS,  purchase our common  stock  except from a broker or dealer  registered
with the  SEC.  This  prohibition  does not  apply  to  negotiated  transactions
including  more than 1% of our common stock or purchases  made for tax qualified
or non-tax  qualified  employee stock benefit plans which may be attributable to
individual officers or directors.

Restrictions on Agreements or Understandings  Regarding Transfer of Common Stock
to be Purchased in the Offering

         Prior  to  the  completion  of  the  reorganization  and  offering,  no
depositor may transfer or enter into an agreement or  understanding  to transfer
any  subscription  rights or the legal or beneficial  ownership of the shares of
common  stock to be  purchased by such person in the  offering.  Depositors  who
submit an order form will be required to certify  that their  purchase of common
stock is solely for their own account and there is no agreement or understanding
regarding the sale or transfer of their shares.  We intend to pursue any and all
legal and equitable remedies in the event it becomes aware of any such agreement
or  understanding,  and will not honor orders we  reasonably  believe to involve
such an agreement or understanding.

Conditions to the Offering

         Consummation  of the  offering  is subject to (i)  consummation  of the
reorganization,  which  requires the receipt of various  approvals from the OTS,
the  ratification  of the Bank's voting  depositors,  and the receipt of rulings
and/or  opinions of counsel as to the tax  consequences  of the  reorganization,
(ii) the receipt of all required  federal  approvals  for the issuance of common
stock in the offering, including without limitation the approval of the OTS, and
(iii) the sale of a minimum of 1,737,825  shares of common  stock.  In the event
that  conditions  (i) and (ii) are not  satisfied  prior  to  completion  of the
offering,  all funds  received  will be promptly  returned  with interest at the
Bank's passbook rate and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.

               CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE COMPANY

General

         The  following  discussion  is a summary of  statutory  and  regulatory
restrictions on the acquisition of our common stock. In addition,  the following
discussion  summarizes the mutual holding company structure,  certain provisions
of certificates of incorporation  and bylaws and certain  regulatory  provisions
that have an anti-takeover effect.

Mutual Holding Company Structure

         The mutual holding  company  structure will restrict the ability of our
stockholders of the Company to effect a change of control of management  because
mutual holding  company,  as long as it remains in existence as a mutual entity,
will control a majority of our voting stock.  In addition,  voting rights in the
mutual holding company are vested in the Board of Directors, as such, management
of the Bank (which is also  management  of the  Company  and the mutual  holding
company) will be able to exert voting control over the mutual holding company.


                                       84





Change in Bank Control Act

         Federal law provides that no person,  acting  directly or indirectly or
through or in concert with one or more other persons,  may acquire  control of a
savings  association unless the OTS has been given 60 days prior written notice.
Federal  law  provides  that no company may  acquire  control of a bank  holding
company without the prior approval of the OTS. Any company that acquires control
becomes  a  "savings  and  loan  holding   company"   subject  to  registration,
examination and regulation by the OTS. Pursuant to federal regulations,  control
is conclusively deemed to have occurred when an entity,  among other things, has
acquired more than 25 percent of any class of voting stock of the institution or
the  ability to  control  the  election  of a majority  of the  directors  of an
institution.  Moreover,  control  is  presumed  to  have  occurred,  subject  to
rebuttal,  upon the  acquisition  of more than 10 percent of any class of voting
stock,  or of  more  than  25  percent  of any  class  of  stock,  of a  savings
institution,  where certain  enumerated  control factors are also present in the
acquisition.  The OTS may  prohibit an  acquisition  of control if: (i) it would
result in a monopoly or  substantially  lessen  competition;  (ii) the financial
condition of the acquiring  person might  jeopardize the financial  stability of
the  institution;  or (iii)  the  competence,  experience  or  integrity  of the
acquiring  person  indicates  that  it  would  not  be in  the  interest  of the
depositors or of the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.
The foregoing  restrictions  do not apply to the  acquisition of stock by one or
more tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, provided that the plan or plans
do not have beneficial ownership in the aggregate of more than 25 percent of any
class of our equity security.

The Company's Charter and Bylaws

         General.  Our charter and bylaws are  available  at our  administrative
office or by writing or calling us, 205 East Orange  Street,  Lakeland,  Florida
33801 (our telephone number is (941) 688-6811).

         Classified  Board of  Directors  and Related  Provisions.  Our board of
directors is divided into three  classes  which are as nearly equal in number as
possible. Directors serve for terms of three years. As a result, each year, only
one-third of the directors are eligible to be elected and it would take at least
two years to elect a majority of our  directors.  A director may be removed only
by the  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of at least  80% of the  shares  then
entitled to vote.

         Restrictions  on Voting of  Securities.  The charter  provides that any
shares of common stock  beneficially  owned  directly or indirectly in excess of
10% by any person,  other than the mutual holding company will not be counted as
shares  entitled to vote,  shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting
shares in connection with any matter  submitted to stockholders  for a vote, and
shall not be counted as outstanding  for purposes of determining a quorum or the
affirmative  vote necessary to approve any matter  submitted to the stockholders
for a vote.  It is possible for such a person to have voting  authority for less
than 10% of our shares, depending on how the shares are registered.  The purpose
of this  provision  is to reduce the chance  that  minority  stockholders  could
challenge our management.

         Prohibition Against Cumulative Voting. Our charter prohibits cumulative
voting by stockholders  in the election of directors.  The absence of cumulative
voting  rights  effectively  means that the  holders of a majority of the shares
voted at a meeting of stockholders  may, if they so choose,  elect all directors
elected at the meeting,  thus precluding a minority  stockholder  from obtaining
representation on the Board of Directors unless the minority stockholder is able
to obtain the support of a majority. In accordance with the law governing mutual
holding companies, the mutual holding company must remain the majority holder of
our voting stock.

                                       85






         Additional Anti-Takeover Provisions. The provisions described above are
not the only  provisions  of our  charter  and  bylaws  having an  anti-takeover
effect.  For example,  the charter authorizes the issuance of up to five million
shares of preferred stock, which conceivably would represent an additional class
of stock required to approve any proposed  acquisition.  This  preferred  stock,
none of which has been issued,  together with  authorized but unissued shares of
the common stock (the charter authorizes the issuance of up to 10 million shares
of the common stock),  also could represent  additional  capital  required to be
purchased by the acquiror.

         In addition to discouraging a takeover  attempt which a majority of our
stockholders  might  determine  to be in their  best  interest  or in which  our
stockholders  might  receive a premium over the current  market prices for their
shares,  the effect of these provisions may render the removal of our management
more  difficult.  It is possible that incumbent  officers and directors might be
able to retain  their  positions  (at least until their term of office  expires)
even  though a majority  of our  stockholders,  other  than the  mutual  holding
company, desire a change.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         We are authorized to issue 8,000,000  shares of common stock, par value
$0.10 per share and  2,000,000  shares of  preferred  stock,  no par  value.  We
currently expect to issue between 3,697,500 and 5,002,500 shares of common stock
in the  reorganization  (between 1,737,825 and 2,351,175 shares to persons other
than the mutual  holding  company).  See  "Capitalization."  Upon payment of the
purchase  price shares of common stock issued in the offering will be fully paid
and  non-assessable.  The common stock will represent  nonwithdrawable  capital,
will not be an account of insurable  type and will not be insured by the FDIC or
any other  governmental  agency.  See also  "Dividend  Policy"  and  "Waiver  of
Dividends by the MHC."

Voting Rights

         The holders of common stock will possess exclusive voting rights in the
Company.  The holder of shares of common  stock will be entitled to one vote for
each  share  held on all  matters  subject to  stockholder  vote.  See also "The
Reorganization - Effects of the Reorganization - Voting Rights"

Liquidation Rights

         In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution,  or  winding-up  of the
Company, the holders of the common stock generally would be entitled to receive,
after payment of all debts and  liabilities of the Company  (including all debts
and  liabilities  of  the  Bank),  all  assets  of  the  Company  available  for
distribution.  See also "The  Reorganization  - Effects of the  Reorganization -
Liquidation Rights."

Preemptive Rights; Redemption

         The holders of the common stock do not have any preemptive  rights with
respect to any shares we may issue. Any subsequent stock issuance,  however, may
only be effected  through a Stock  Issuance Plan approved by the OTS which would
grant   subscription   priorities  to  the  MHC's  members  unless  the  Company
demonstrates  that a  non-conforming  stock issuance would be more beneficial to
the Company.
The common stock will not be subject to any redemption provisions.


                                       86





Preferred Stock

         We are  authorized to issue up to 2,000,000  shares of preferred  stock
and to fix and state voting powers, designations,  preferences, or other special
rights of such shares and the  qualifications,  limitations and  restrictions of
those  shares  as the  Board  of  Directors  may  determine  in its  discretion.
Preferred  stock  may  be  issued  in  distinctly   designated  series,  may  be
convertible  into  common  stock and may rank  prior to the  common  stock as to
dividends rights, liquidation preferences, or both, and may have full or limited
voting  rights.  Accordingly,  the issuance of preferred  stock could  adversely
affect the voting and other rights of holders of common stock.

         The  authorized  but  unissued   shares  of  preferred  stock  and  the
authorized but unissued and unreserved  shares of common stock will be available
for issuance in future mergers or  acquisitions,  in future public  offerings or
private  placements.  Except as otherwise required to approve the transaction in
which the additional  authorized  shares of preferred stock would be issued,  no
stockholder  approval  generally  would be  required  for the  issuance of these
shares.  Depending on the circumstances,  however,  stockholder  approval may be
required  pursuant to  requirements  for eligibility for quotation of the common
stock on The Nasdaq  Stock  Market or by any  exchange on which the common stock
may then be listed.

                             LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

         The  legality  of the  issuance of the common  stock being  offered and
certain  matters  relating to the  reorganization  and federal  taxation will be
passed upon for us by Malizia,  Spidi,  Sloane & Fisch, P.C.,  Washington,  D.C.
Certain  matters  relating to state taxation will be passed upon for us by Hahn,
McClurg, Watson, Griffith & Bush, P.A., Lakeland, Florida. Certain legal matters
will be passed upon for Sandler O'Neill & Partners,  L.P. by Housley Kantarian &
Bronstein, P.C., Washington, D.C.

                                     EXPERTS

         The financial  statements of First Federal  Florida as of September 30,
1998 and 1997 and for each of the years in the three year period ended September
30, 1998 have been  included in this  prospectus  in reliance upon the report of
KPMG Peat Marwick  LLP,  independent  certified  public  accountants,  appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus,  and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.

         Feldman  Financial has consented to the publication in this document of
a summary of its letter to First Federal Florida setting forth its opinion as to
the estimated pro forma market value of us in the converted form and its opinion
setting  forth the value of  subscription  rights and to the use of its name and
statements with respect to it appearing in this document.

                            REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

         Our common stock will be  registered  pursuant to Section  12(g) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act").  We will be
subject to the information,  proxy solicitation,  insider trading  restrictions,
tender offer rules,  periodic  reporting and other requirements of the SEC under
the Exchange Act. We may not  deregister the common stock under the Exchange Act
for a period of at least three years following the reorganization.


                                       87





                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         We are subject to the  informational  requirements  of the Exchange Act
and must file reports and other information with the SEC.

         We have filed with the SEC a  registration  statement on Form S-1 under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the common stock offered
in this  document.  As permitted by the rules and  regulations  of the SEC, this
document  does not contain  all the  information  set forth in the  registration
statement.  Such  information  can be  examined  without  charge  at the  public
reference facilities of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549,  and  copies  of such  material  can be  obtained  from  the SEC at
prescribed  rates.  You may obtain  information  on the  operation of the Public
Reference  Room by calling  1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC also  maintains an internet
address ("Web site") that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other  information  regarding  registrants,  including  the  Company,  that file
electronically   with   the   SEC.   The   address   for   this   Web   site  is
"http://www.sec.gov."  The  statements  contained  in  this  document  as to the
contents of any contract or other  document  filed as an exhibit to the Form S-1
are, of necessity,  brief  descriptions and are not necessarily  complete;  each
such statement is qualified by reference to such contract or document.

         A copy of our charter and bylaws,  as well as those of the Bank and the
MHC, are available without charge from First Federal Florida. Copies of the plan
of reorganization are also available without charge.

         The Bank has filed notice of mutual holding company reorganization with
the  OTS.  This  prospectus   omits  certain   information   contained  in  that
application.



                                       88






                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                              First Federal Florida

Independent Auditors' Reports                                           F-1

Statements of Financial Condition at September 30, 1998
     and September 30, 1997                                             F-2

Statements of Earnings for each of the years in the
     three-year period ended September 30, 1998                           15

Statements of Equity for each of the years in the
     three-year period ended September 30, 1998                         F-3

Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the
     three-year period ended September 30, 1998                         F-4

Notes to Financial Statements                                           F-6


Other  schedules  are omitted as they are not required or are not  applicable or
the required information is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

Financial statements of FloridaFirst  Bancorp, MHC and FloridaFirst Bancorp have
not been provided because they have conducted no operations.

                                       89





                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                              Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997

                   (With Independent Auditors' Report Thereon)









                          Independent Auditors' Report



The Board of Directors
First Federal Savings and Loan Association of Florida:


We have audited the  accompanying  statements  of  financial  condition of First
Federal  Savings and Loan  Association of Florida (the Bank) as of September 30,
1998 and 1997, and the related statements of earnings,  equity capital, and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year  period ended  September 30, 1998.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank's management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of First Federal Savings and Loan
Association  of Florida at September  30, 1998 and 1997,  and the results of its
operations  and its cash  flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended  September  30, 1998 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.





Tampa, Florida
October 23, 1998



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                        Statements of Financial Condition

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997

                                 (In thousands)


                                      Assets                                             1998             1997
                                                                                     --------------   -------------
                                                                                                     
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions                                  $      1,137           3,272   
Federal funds sold                                                                        4,080          18,570   
Investments available for sale, at fair value                                            42,225          36,761   
Investment securities held to maturity, market value
    $18,524 in 1998 and $37,311 in 1997                                                  18,736          37,811   
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of
    $2,564 and $2,633 in 1998 and 1997, respectively                                    338,610         355,551   
Premises and equipment, at cost less accumulated depreciation
    and amortization                                                                      6,845           7,800   
Real estate owned                                                                           493             167   
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                                                     2,864           2,864   
Accrued interest receivable on loans, net                                                 1,793           1,900   
Accrued interest receivable on investments available for sale and
    investments held to maturity                                                            605             793   
Income tax receivable                                                                       166             --    
Deferred income taxes, net                                                                  936             151   
Other assets                                                                                551           1,125   
                                                                                     ==============   =============
                                                                                   $    419,041         466,765   
                                                                                     ==============   =============

                          Liabilities and Equity Capital

Liabilities:
    Deposits                                                                       $    352,180         429,714   
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                                      21,000             --    
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance                                 1,971           2,004   
    Due to banks                                                                          4,569             483   
    Current income tax payable                                                              --              364   
    Other liabilities                                                                     3,214             612   
                                                                                     --------------   -------------
                    Total liabilities                                                   382,934         433,177   
                                                                                     --------------   -------------
Equity capital:
    Retained income, restricted                                                          35,887          33,502   
    Unrealized gain on investments available for sale, net                                  220              86   
                                                                                     --------------   -------------
                    Total equity capital                                                 36,107          33,588   
                                                                                     ==============   =============
                                                                                   $    419,041         466,765   
                                                                                     ==============   =============


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       F-2



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Statements of Equity Capital

                  Years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996

                                 (In thousands)



                                                                                       Unrealized
                                                                                       gain (loss) on
                                                                                       investments         Total
                                                                    Retained           available           equity
                                                                     income            for sale            capital
                                                                 ---------------     --------------     --------------

                                                                                                      
Balance at September 30, 1995                                 $       30,722                 52             30,774   

Net income for the year ended September 30, 1996                         253                 --                253   

Change in unrealized gain on investments
    available for sale, net                                               --               (458)              (458) 
                                                                 ---------------     --------------     --------------
Balance at September 30, 1996                                         30,975               (406)            30,569   

Net income for the year ended September 30, 1997                       2,527                 --              2,527   

Change in unrealized gain on investments
    available for sale, net                                               --                492                492   
                                                                 ---------------     --------------     --------------
Balance at September 30, 1997                                         33,502                 86             33,588   

Net income for the year ended September 30, 1998                       2,385                 --              2,385   

Change in unrealized gain on investments
    available for sale, net                                               --                134                134   
                                                                 ===============     ==============     ==============
Balance at September 30, 1998                                 $       35,887                220             36,107   
                                                                 ===============     ==============     ==============


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       F-3

                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                            Statements of Cash Flows

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997

                                 (In thousands)



                                                                                     1998        1997        1996
                                                                                  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                                       
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                                                          $  2,385       2,527         253
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Provision for loan losses                                                              405         317         600
    Provision for loss on real estate owned                                                 18           6          80
    Provision for deferred income taxes                                                   (864)        588        (939)
    Depreciation                                                                           632         478         399
    Amortization of discount on investments and mortgage-backed securities
      available for sale and held to maturity                                               (9)        (16)        (75)
    (Gain) loss on sale of investments and mortgage-backed securities
      available for sale                                                                  (117)         35        (170)
    Gain on sale of loans available for sale                                              --          (149)       --   
    Gain on sale of investments held to maturity                                          --          --            (2)
    Gain on sale of branches                                                            (3,016)       --          --   
    Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net                                                     123          30         (92)
    Decrease (increase) in deferred loan fees and costs                                    (10)        (48)         88
    Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable                                     295         (44)        201
    Increase in other assets                                                               574         (99)       (190)
    (Decrease) increase in other liabilities                                             2,602      (2,578)      2,379
    Increase (decrease) in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance           (33)        189         404
    Decrease (increase) in federal income tax receivable                                  (530)        440         (58)
                                                                                      --------    --------    --------
             Net cash provided by operating activities                                   2,455       1,676       2,878
                                                                                      --------    --------    --------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Proceeds from the sale of FHLB stock                                                    --         1,123        --   
  Proceeds from the sale of loans available for sale                                      --         9,927        --   
  Proceeds from sales of investments available for sale                                  3,386      10,965      21,714
  Proceeds from the sale of investments held to maturity                                  --          --         4,002
  Proceeds from the maturity of investment securities available for sale                24,131       8,000      11,503
  Proceeds from the maturity of investment securities held to maturity                  19,000       7,000      22,350
  Proceeds from the sale of assets                                                       1,824         313         897
  Principal repayments of mortgage-backed securities available for sale                  1,413       1,054       1,985
  Principal repayments of mortgage-backed securities held to maturity                     --          --           765
  Increase in loans, net                                                               (30,299)    (44,726)    (62,067)
  Purchases of premises and equipment                                                     (434)     (1,862)       (558)
  Purchase of investments available for sale                                           (33,981)       (990)    (23,003)
  Cash transferred in connection with sale of branches, net                            (10,186)       --          --   
  Purchases of investment securities held to maturity                                     --          --        (1,000)
  Dividends reinvested in mutual fund                                                     --          --          (402)
                                                                                      --------    --------    --------
             Net cash used in investing activities                                     (25,146)     (9,196)    (23,814)
                                                                                      --------    --------    --------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net increase in deposits                                                             (19,020)     25,530       6,590
  Net increase in FHLB advances                                                         21,000        --          --   
  Net increase (decrease) in due to banks                                                4,086         (53)         10
                                                                                      --------    --------    --------
             Net cash provided by financing activities                                   6,066      25,477       6,600
                                                                                      --------    --------    --------
             Net increase (decrease) in cash                                           (16,625)     17,957     (14,336)

Cash amounts due from depository institutions and cash equivalents
  at beginning of period                                                                21,842       3,885      18,221
                                                                                      --------    --------    --------
Cash amounts due from depository institutions and cash equivalents
  at end of period                                                                    $  5,217      21,842       3,885
                                                                                      ========    ========    ========


                                                                     (Continued)
                                       F-4


                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                       Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997

                                 (In thousands)



                                                                                1998      1997     1997
                                                                               -------   ------   -------

                                                                                             
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information -
  Cash paid during the year for:
     Interest                                                                  $18,971   19,677    18,969
                                                                               =======   ======   =======
     Taxes                                                                     $ 2,557      270     1,034
                                                                               =======   ======   =======

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash information:
  Additions to investment in real estate acquired through foreclosure          $ 2,238      456       727
                                                                               =======   ======   =======
  Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments available for sale, net of
     deferred taxes of $79, $(289) and $269, respectively                      $   134      492      (458)
                                                                               =======   ======   =======
  Net assets transferred in connection with branch sale:
     Loans receivable                                                          $44,607     --        --   
     Premises and equipment                                                        705     --        --   
     Deposits                                                                   55,498     --        --   
                                                                               =======   ======   =======
  Transfer of investments and mortgage-backed securities from
     held to maturity to available for sale                                    $  --       --      39,167
                                                                               =======   ======   =======
  Transfer of loans from held to maturity to available for sale                $  --       --       9,778
                                                                               =======   ======   =======


                                       F-5




                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997


(1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     The  following is a description  of  significant  accounting  and reporting
     policies which First Federal  Savings and Loan  Association of Florida (the
     "Bank") follows in preparing and presenting its financial statements:

     (a) Reorganization Plan

          On September 28, 1998, the Board of Directors of the Bank  unanimously
          adopted the "Plan of Mutual Holding Company  Reorganization  and Stock
          Issuance" (Reorganization).  Pursuant to the Reorganization,  the Bank
          will  reorganize  from a federal mutual savings and loans  association
          into a federally  chartered  capital stock  savings  bank.  All of the
          stock of the capital stock bank will be owned by a "mid-tier"  holding
          company.  A majority of the shares of stock of the "mid-tier"  holding
          company will be owned by a mutual holding  company,  and a minority of
          shares will be issued to minority  shareholders in a public  offering.
          The   Reorganization   must  be  approved  by  the  Office  of  Thrift
          Supervision and by depositors and borrower  members of the Bank. There
          are no assurances that the above transaction will be consummated.

          The Bank, in conjunction with the reorganization  plan and the initial
          public offering, has revised its accounting policies used in preparing
          its  financial   statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
          accounting principles. Management believes the financial statements of
          the  Bank as  presented  are in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
          accounting principles on a consistent basis for all periods presented.

     (b)  Accounting Principles

          The  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with
          generally accepted accounting principles.

     (c)  Mortgage Loan Interest Income

          The Bank provides an allowance for uncollected  interest  generally on
          all accrued interest related to loans 90 days or more delinquent. This
          allowance is netted against accrued interest  receivable for financial
          statement  disclosure.  Such  interest,  if ultimately  collected,  is
          credited to income in the period of recovery.

     (d)  Loan Fees

          Loan  origination  and commitment  fees and certain  related costs are
          deferred and amortized  over the estimated  loan life as an adjustment
          to yield using methods which approximate the level-yield  method.  For
          loans on non-accrual, such amortization is ceased.

     (e)  Loans and Provisions for Losses

          Loans are stated at unpaid principal balances,  less loans in process,
          the allowances for loan losses,  unearned  interest,  and net deferred
          loan origination fees.

          The Bank follows a consistent  procedural  discipline and accounts for
          loan loss  contingencies  in  accordance  with  Statement of Financial
          Accounting Standards No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies (SFAS No. 5).
          The  following is a  description  of how each portion of the allowance
          for loan losses is determined.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-6



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



              The Bank segregates the loan portfolio for loan loss purposes into
              the following broad segments:  commercial real estate, residential
              real  estate,  and  consumer.  The  Bank  provides  for a  general
              allowance  for  losses  inherent  in the  portfolio  by the  above
              categories,  which  consists  of  two  components.   General  loss
              percentages  are  calculated  based upon  historical  analyses.  A
              supplemental  portion of the allowance is calculated  for inherent
              losses which probably exist as of the evaluation  date even though
              they  might  not  have  been  identified  by  the  more  objective
              processes  used.  This is due to the risk of error and/or inherent
              imprecision  in the  process.  This  portion of the  allowance  is
              particularly   subjective   and   requires   judgments   based  on
              qualitative   factors  which  do  not  lend  themselves  to  exact
              mathematical  calculations  such as: trends in  delinquencies  and
              nonaccruals;  migration trends in the portfolio; trends in volume,
              terms,  and portfolio mix; new credit  products  and/or changes in
              the geographic distribution of those products;  changes in lending
              policies and  procedures;  loan review  reports on the efficacy of
              the risk identification process; changes in the outlook for local,
              regional  and  national  economic  conditions;  concentrations  of
              credit; and peer group comparison.

              Specific  allowances  are  provided in the event that the specific
              collateral  analysis on each  classified  loan  indicates that the
              probable loss upon liquidation of collateral would be in excess of
              the general percentage allocation.  The provision for loan loss is
              debited  or  credited  in order to state  the  allowance  for loan
              losses to the required level as determined above.

              The Bank  considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable that
              the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due, both principal
              and  interest,  according  to the  contractual  terms  of the loan
              agreement.   When  a  loan  is  impaired,  the  Bank  may  measure
              impairment  based on (a) the present value of the expected  future
              cash flows of the impaired loan  discounted at the loan's original
              effective  interest rate;  (b) the observable  market price of the
              impaired  loans;  or (c) the  fair  value of the  collateral  of a
              collateral-dependent loan. The Bank selects the measurement method
              on a loan-by-loan basis, except for collateral-dependent loans for
              which  foreclosure  is probable must be measured at the fair value
              of the collateral.  In a troubled debt  restructuring  involving a
              restructured loan, the Bank measures impairment by discounting the
              total expected future cash flows at the loan's original  effective
              rate of interest.

       (e)    Investment Securities and Mortgage-Backed Securities

              Investments  available  for sale are recorded at fair value.  Both
              unrealized gains and losses on investments available for sale, net
              of taxes,  are included as a separate  component of equity capital
              in the  statement  of  financial  condition  until  these gains or
              losses are  realized.  If a  security  has a decline in fair value
              that is other than  temporary,  then the security  will be written
              down to its fair value by  recording a loss in the  statements  of
              earnings.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-7



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



              Investments  that  management  has the intent and the Bank has the
              ability  at the  time of  purchase  to  hold  until  maturity  are
              classified  as  securities  held to maturity.  Securities  in this
              category are carried at amortized  cost  adjusted for accretion of
              discounts and  amortization of premiums over the estimated life of
              the  securities.  If a security  has a decline in fair value below
              its amortized cost that is other than temporary, then the security
              will be written  down to its new cost basis by recording a loss in
              the statements of earnings.

              Regulations  require  the  Bank  to  maintain,  in cash  and  U.S.
              Government and other approved securities, an amount equal to 5% of
              deposits (net of loans on deposits)  plus  short-term  borrowings.
              The Bank  maintained a liquidity ratio of  approximately  9.6% and
              13.4% at September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

              Capital  stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta is held in
              accordance with certain requirements of the Federal Home Loan Bank
              of Atlanta,  and is carried at cost and serves as  collateral  for
              FHLB advances.

       (f)    Loans Held For Sale

              Loans  originated and held for sale by the Bank are carried at the
              lower of cost or market using the specific  identification method.
              Gains and  losses on the sale of such loans are  recognized  using
              the specific identification method.

       (g)    Real Estate Owned

              Real  estate  owned   represents  real  estate  acquired   through
              foreclosure  or  deed  in  lieu of  foreclosure.  Real  estate  so
              acquired is recorded  at the lower of cost  (principal  balance of
              the former mortgage loan) or estimated fair value,  less estimated
              selling expenses.

       (h)    Premises and Equipment

              Depreciation of office  properties and equipment is accumulated on
              a  straight-line  basis  over the  estimated  useful  lives of the
              related  assets.  Estimated lives are 10 to 50 years for buildings
              and  leasehold  improvements,  and 4 to 10  years  for  furniture,
              fixtures and equipment.

              Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged to  expense  as  incurred.
              Expenditures   for  renewals   and   betterments   generally   are
              capitalized.  The costs and accumulated  depreciation  relating to
              office properties and equipment  retired or otherwise  disposed of
              are  eliminated  from the accounts,  and any  resulting  gains and
              losses are credited or charged to income.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-8



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       (i)    Income Taxes

              Deferred tax assets and  liabilities are recognized for the future
              tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the
              financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and
              liabilities  and their  respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets
              and  liabilities  are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
              apply to  taxable  income  in the years in which  those  temporary
              differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on
              deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  of a change in tax rates is
              recognized  in income in the period that  included  the  enactment
              date.

       (j)    Discount and Premium on Investment Securities Purchased

              Discount  and  premium  on  investment  securities  purchased  are
              amortized  over the estimated  remaining  lives of the loans using
              methods which approximate the level-yield method.

       (k)    Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk

              In the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Bank is a  party  to
              financial  instruments  with  off-balance  sheet  risk to meet the
              financing  needs of its  customers.  These  financial  instruments
              include  commitments  to extend  credit at both fixed and variable
              rates and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to
              varying  degrees,  elements of credit risk in excess of the amount
              recognized,  if any, in the balance sheet.  The Bank's exposure to
              credit loss for  commitments to extend credit and standby  letters
              of  credit  is  represented  by the  contractual  amount  of these
              instruments.  The Bank  uses the same  credit  policies  in making
              commitments and conditional  obligations as it does for on-balance
              sheet instruments.

              Commitments  to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer
              as long as there is no violation of any condition  established  in
              the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or
              other  termination  clauses and may require  payment of a fee. The
              Bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case
              basis.

              Standby  letters of credit are conditional  commitments  issued by
              the Bank to  guarantee  the  performance  of a customer to a third
              party.  The credit risk  involved in issuing  letters of credit is
              essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities
              to customers.

       (l)    Cash and Cash Equivalents

              For statements of cash flows purposes,  the Bank considers federal
              funds sold, generally of one day duration, to be cash equivalents.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-9



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       (m)    Mortgage Servicing Rights

              The Bank  originates  mortgage  servicing  rights by selling loans
              and  retaining   servicing  rights.  In May  1995,  the  Financial
              Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued  Statement of Financial
              Accounting  Standards No. 122,  Accounting for  Mortgage Servicing
              Rights ("SFAS No. 122"). This Statement provides  guidance for the
              recognition  of  mortgage  servicing  rights  as  an asset  when a
              mortgage  loan is sold and servicing rights are retained. The Bank
              adopted  SFAS No. 122  effective  October 1, 1996.  The results of
              this adoption were material to the Bank.

       (n)    Use of Estimates

              The  preparation  of  financial   statements  in  conformity  with
              generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to
              make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
              assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure of contingent  assets and
              liabilities  at the  date  of the  financial  statements,  and the
              reported  amount of revenues  and  expenses  during the  reporting
              period.   Estimates  by  management   that  are  critical  to  the
              accompanying  financial  statements are the  appropriate  level of
              allowance for loan losses which can be  significantly  impacted by
              future industry, market and economic trends and conditions. Actual
              results could differ from these estimates.

       (o)    Self-Insurance

              The Bank is partially  self-insured for certain employee benefits,
              namely medical and dental claims.  The policies are  administrated
              through an  insurance  company  and the  related  liabilities  are
              included  in the  accompanying  financial  statements.  The Bank's
              policy is to accrue a liability  equal to the average  claims paid
              for the past  three  years.  The  accrual  is based on  historical
              information  along with certain  assumptions  about future events.
              Changes  in   assumptions,   for  such   matters  as  medical  and
              administrative costs, and changes in actual experience could cause
              these estimates to change in the future.

       (p)    Reclassifications

              Certain  amounts in the 1997 and 1996  financial  statements  have
              been reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation.

       (q)    Derivative Instruments

              The  Bank  does  not  purchase,  sell  or  enter  into  derivative
              financial  instruments  or  derivative  commodity  instruments  as
              defined by SFAS No. 119,  Disclosures  About Derivative  Financial
              Instruments  and Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,  other than
              fixed rate loan commitments.

                                                                     (Continued)
                                       F-10



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       (r)    New Accounting Pronouncements

              SFAS  No.  130,  Reporting   Comprehensive   Income,   establishes
              standards for reporting  and display of  comprehensive  income and
              its  components  in  a  full  set  of  general  purpose  financial
              statements.  Under SFAS No. 130,  comprehensive  income is divided
              into  net   income   and   other   comprehensive   income.   Other
              comprehensive  income includes items previously  recorded directly
              in  equity,  such as  unrealized  gains or  losses  on  securities
              available for sale.  SFAS No. 130 has not been adopted by the Bank
              as of this date,  but will apply the  provisions of this statement
              commencing  with  the  first  quarterly   reporting  period  after
              September 30, 1998. Comparative financial statements, provided for
              earlier periods once quarterly periods begin, will be reclassified
              to reflect the application of the provisions of SFAS No. 130. SFAS
              No. 130 requires total comprehensive  income and its components to
              be reported  in a financial  statement  with equal  prominence  as
              other financial statements.

              In June 1997,  the FASB  issued SFAS No.  131,  Disclosures  About
              Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information,  which changes
              the way public  companies  report  information  about  segments of
              their  business  and  requires  them to  report  selected  segment
              information in their  quarterly  reports  issued to  stockholders.
              Among other  things,  SFAS No. 131  requires  public  companies to
              report (a) certain financial and descriptive information about its
              reportable  operating  segments  (as  defined);  and  (b)  certain
              enterprise-wide financial information about products and services,
              geographic  areas,  and  major  customers.  The  required  segment
              financial disclosures include a measure of profit or loss, certain
              specific revenue and expense items, and total assets. SFAS No. 131
              is effective for reporting by the Bank to the extent such segments
              are defined,  beginning  with the quarter ended December 31, 1998.
              SFAS No. 131 is not expected to have a  significant  impact on the
              Bank's financial reporting.

              In  February  1998,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  132,  Employers
              Disclosures About Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. SFAS
              No. 132 revised  employers'  disclosures  about  pension and other
              postretirement  benefits plans. It does not change the measurement
              of  recognition  of those plans.  It  standardized  the disclosure
              requirements for pensions and other postretirement benefits to the
              extent practicable,  requires additional information in changes in
              the  benefit  obligations  and fair value of plan assets that will
              facilitate  financial  analysis,  and eliminates  certain required
              disclosures of previous accounting pronouncements. SFAS No. 132 is
              effective  for fiscal  years  beginning  after  December 15, 1997.
              Restatement  of  disclosures  for  earlier  periods  provided  for
              comparative  purposes is required  unless the  information  is not
              readily   available.   As  SFAS   No.   132   affects   disclosure
              requirements,  it is not expected to have a material impact on the
              financial statements of the Bank.


                                       F-11

                                                                     (Continued)




                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



              In June  1998,  the FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  133,  Accounting  for
              Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities.  SFAS  No.  133
              establishes  accounting  and reporting  standards  for  derivative
              instruments,  including certain derivative instruments embedded in
              other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for
              hedging  activities.  It  requires  that an entity  recognize  all
              derivatives  as either assets or  liabilities  in the statement of
              financial  position and measure those  instruments  at fair value.
              SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal years
              beginning  after  June  15,  1999.  Initial  application  of  this
              Statement  should be as of the  beginning  of an  entity's  fiscal
              quarter;  on that date,  hedging  relationships must be designated
              anew and  documented  pursuant to the  provisions of SFAS No. 133.
              Earlier  application  of all of the  provisions of SFAS No. 133 is
              encouraged,  but it is permitted  only as of the  beginning of any
              fiscal quarter that begins after issuance of this Statement.  This
              Statement  should  not  be  applied   retroactively  to  financial
              statements of prior periods.  SFAS No. 133 is not expected to have
              a material impact on the Bank's financial statement presentations.


(2)    Investments Available For Sale

       The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments available for
       sale are as follows:



                                                                              1998
                                                                         (In thousands)
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Gross             Gross
                                                 Amortized        unrealized         unrealized          Fair
                                                   cost              gains             losses            value
                                               --------------     ------------      -------------    --------------
                                                                                            
          Obligations of U.S.
              Governmental agencies         $       24,426              285               --             24,711
          Collateralized Mortgage
              Obligations                            3,185               44               --              3,229
          Mortgage-backed securities                14,265               31              (11)            14,285
                                               ==============     ============      =============    ==============

                                            $       41,876              360              (11)            42,225
                                               ==============     ============      =============    ==============


                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-12



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997




                                                                              1997
                                                                         (In thousands)
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Gross             Gross
                                                 Amortized        unrealized         unrealized          Fair
                                                   cost              gains             losses            value
                                               --------------     ------------      -------------    --------------
                                                                                            
          Obligations of U.S.
              Governmental agencies         $       31,158              136              (168)           31,126
          Mortgage-backed securities                 5,467              186               (18)            5,635
                                               ==============     ============      =============    ==============

                                            $       36,625              322              (186)           36,761
                                               ==============     ============      =============    ==============


       The following  table shows the maturity  distribution  of the investments
       available  for  sale  portfolio  at  amortized  cost  and  fair  value at
       September 30, 1998:



                                                                                    Amortized        Fair
                                                                                      cost           value
                                                                                  --------------  ------------

                                                                                          (In thousands)

                                                                                                  
            Due after one year through five years                              $      17,349          17,500
            Due after five years through ten years                                     7,077           7,211
            Due after ten years                                                        3,185           3,228
                                                                                  --------------  ------------

                                                                                      27,611          27,939

            Mortgage-backed securities                                                14,265          14,286
                                                                                  --------------  ------------

                                                                               $      41,876          42,225
                                                                                  ==============  ============


       Proceeds  from sales of  investments  available  for sale during the year
       ended  September 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996 were $3.4 million,  $11 million
       and $21.7 million, respectively. Gross gains of $135,672 and gross losses
       of $31,694 were realized on those sales during 1998.  Gross gains of $313
       and gross  losses of $34,964  were  realized on those sales  during 1997.
       Gross  gains of $182,003  and gross  losses of $11,831  were  realized on
       those sales during 1996.

       Mortgage-backed  securities  available for sale  aggregating $1.0 million
       and  $896,820,  with a fair  value of $1.0  million  and  $932,592,  were
       pledged as  collateral  to secure  public funds at September 30, 1998 and
       1997, respectively.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-13



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



(3)    Investment Securities Held to Maturity

       The  amortized  cost and estimated  fair values of investment  securities
       held to maturity are as follows:



                                                                              1998
                                                                         (In thousands)
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Gross             Gross
                                                 Amortized        unrealized         unrealized          Fair
                                                   cost              gains             losses            value
                                               --------------     ------------      -------------    --------------
                                                                                           
          Obligations of U.S.
              Governmental agencies         $         8,998               11              (40)           8,969
          Collateralized Mortgage
              Obligations                             9,738               40             (223)           9,555
                                               ==============     ============      =============    ==============

                                            $        18,736               51             (263)          18,524
                                               ==============     ============      =============    ==============





                                                                              1997
                                                                         (In thousands)
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Gross             Gross
                                                 Amortized        unrealized         unrealized          Fair
                                                   cost              gains             losses            value
                                               --------------     ------------      -------------    --------------
                                                                                             
          Obligations of U.S.
              Governmental agencies         $       27,993             15                (255)           27,753
          Collateralized Mortgage
              Obligations                            9,818             28                (288)            9,558
                                               ==============     ============      =============    ==============

                                            $       37,811             43                (543)           37,311
                                               ==============     ============      =============    ==============


       Proceeds from the sale of investments held to maturity, within 90 days of
       the date the investment matured or became callable, during the year ended
       September  30,  1996 were  $4,002,344.  Gross  gains of $3,906  and gross
       losses of $1,562 were realized on those sales during 1996.

       The collateralized  mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs") have both a principal
       and interest component and have  predominately  variable rates of return.
       The  weighted  average  rates at September  30, 1998,  1997 and 1996 were
       5.80%, 5.94% and 5.93%, respectively.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-14



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       On November 15, 1995,  the FASB issued  Special Report No. 115-B, A Guide
       to Implementation of Statement 115 on Accounting for Certain  Investments
       in Debt and Equity  Securities  (the  Special  Report).  Pursuant  to the
       Special Report, the Bank was permitted to conduct a one-time reassessment
       of  the  classifications  of  all  securities  held  at  that  time.  Any
       reclassifications  from the held to maturity category made in conjunction
       with that  reassessment  would not call into  question a bank's intent to
       hold other debt securities to maturity in the future.

       The Bank's investment in obligations of U.S.  Government agencies include
       step-up  and  floating  interest  rate bonds.  The  step-up  bonds have a
       carrying value of $4.0 million and $9.0 million at September 30, 1998 and
       1997,  respectively,  and pay  interest  on a  predetermined  schedule of
       escalating  rates.  These step-up  bonds have an estimated  fair value of
       approximately  $4.01  million and $9.0 million at September  30, 1998 and
       1997,  respectively.  The  floating  interest  rate bonds have a carrying
       value of $5.0 million and $16.0  million at September  30, 1998 and 1997,
       respectively,  and pay interest on a variable basis depending on relevant
       market rates.  These floating  interest rate bonds have an estimated fair
       value of  approximately  $5.0 million and $15.8  million at September 30,
       1998 and 1997, respectively. The Bank purchased these bonds to offset its
       risk related to its portfolio of adjustable  and fixed rate mortgages and
       these bonds subject the Bank to a certain  degree of market risk as these
       rates change with prevailing market interest rates.

       The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities held
       to maturity at September 30, 1998,  by  contractual  maturity,  are shown
       below.  Expected  maturities  will  differ  from  contractual  maturities
       because  borrowers may have the right to call or prepay  obligations with
       or without call or prepayment penalties.



                                                                              Amortized       Estimated
                                                                                cost          fair value
                                                                            --------------  --------------
                                                                                     (In thousands)

                                                                                         
            Due in one year or less                                      $       4,999          5,009
            Due after one year through five years                                3,999          3,960
            Due after five years through ten years                               3,499          3,442
            Due after ten years                                                  6,239          6,113
                                                                            --------------  --------------

                                                                         $      18,736         18,524
                                                                            ==============  ==============


                                                                     (Continued)


                                       F-15



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



(4)    Loans Receivable, Net

       Loans receivable at September 30, 1998 and 1997 consist of the following:



                                                                                1998               1997
                                                                            --------------     -------------
                                                                                       (In thousands)
                                                                                             
              Loans secured by first mortgages on real estate:
                 Residential:
                    Permanent                                               $      244,667         256,742
                    Construction                                                    27,311          22,350
                 Multi-family                                                        4,464           4,154
                 Commercial real estate                                             16,132          12,064
                 Land                                                                6,796           6,153
                                                                            --------------     -------------

                    Total first mortgage loans                                     299,370         301,463
                                                                            --------------     -------------

              Other loans:
                 Consumer loans                                                     57,891          69,229
                 Other loans                                                         1,085             218
                                                                            --------------     -------------

                    Total other loans                                               58,976          69,447
                                                                            --------------     -------------

                    Total loans                                                    358,346         370,910

              Deferred loan costs (fees), net                                          (18)             (8)
              Unearned interest on installment loans                                  (141)           (129)
              Allowance for loan losses                                             (2,564)         (2,633)
              Loans in process                                                     (17,013)        (12,589)
                                                                            --------------     -------------

                                                                            $      338,610         355,551
                                                                            ==============     =============
              Weighted average yield on total loans
                 at dates indicated                                                   7.91%           8.07%
                                                                            ==============     =============


                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-16



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       The activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows:



                                                                                       (In thousands)
                                                                                           
                Balance at September 30, 1995                                        $      1,902
                   Provision for losses                                                       600
                   Charge offs                                                               (119)
                   Recoveries                                                                   2
                                                                                        -------------

                Balance at September 30, 1996                                               2,385
                   Provision for losses                                                       317
                   Charge offs                                                                (69)
                   Recoveries                                                                  --
                                                                                        -------------

                Balance at September 30, 1997                                               2,633
                   Provision for losses                                                       405
                   Charge offs                                                               (474)
                   Recoveries                                                                  --
                                                                                        -------------

                Balance at September 30, 1998                                        $      2,564
                                                                                        =============


       Outstanding  mortgage loan  commitments  amounted to  approximately  $2.1
       million  and $2.0  million for fixed rate loans,  and  $540,400  and $1.7
       million  for  variable  rate  loans  at  September  30,  1998  and  1997,
       respectively,  with terms generally of 30 days.  There were no letters of
       credit outstanding at September 30, 1998 and 1997. Furthermore,  the Bank
       was servicing approximately $23.3 million, $16.1 million and $9.7 million
       in loans for the benefit of others in 1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.
       The Bank  holds  custodial  escrow  deposits  for  these  serviced  loans
       totaling  approximately  $57,000  and $70,000 at  September  30, 1998 and
       1997, respectively.

       Loan  customers  of the  Bank  include  certain  executive  officers  and
       directors and their related  interests and associates.  All loans to this
       group were made in the ordinary  course of business at  prevailing  terms
       and  conditions.  As of  September  30,  1998,  these  loans  amounted to
       approximately $34,000.

       The Bank's loan portfolio is predominantly  secured by residential  first
       mortgages of property located in Central Florida.

       Impaired loans amounted to $1.1 million, $1.9 million and $1.1 million at
       September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and have been recognized
       in conformity  with FASB  Statement No. 114, as amended by FASB Statement
       No. 118. The average  recorded  investment in impaired loans during 1998,
       1997 and 1996 was  approximately  $1.9  million,  $1.9  million  and $1.2
       million,  respectively.  The allowance  for loan losses  related to loans
       at September 30,  1998,  1997,  and  1996  was  $224,000,  $380,000,  and
       $216,000,   respectively.   Interest   income   on  impaired   loans   of
       approximately  $96,000,  $167,000  and  $220,000  was recognized for cash
       payments  received in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-17



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



(5)    Premises and Equipment

       Premises and  equipment at  September  30, 1998 and 1997  consists of the
       following:



                                                                                1998            1997
                                                                             -----------     -----------
                                                                                     (In thousands)

                                                                                         
              Land                                                        $     1,887            2,142
              Buildings and leasehold improvements                              7,054            7,589
              Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                 3,703            3,583
                                                                             -----------     -----------

                                                                               12,644            13,314
              Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                   (5,799)           (5,514)
                                                                             -----------     -----------

                                                                          $     6,845            7,800
                                                                             ===========     ===========


       The Bank conducts a portion of its operations from leased  facilities and
       leases certain  equipment  under  operating  leases.  As of September 30,
       1998, the Bank was committed to  noncancelable  operating leases with the
       following minimum lease payments:

                                                             Minimum
                                 Year ended                   lease
                                September 30,               payments
                            ----------------------        --------------

                                                          (In thousands)

                                    1999               $        112
                                    2000                         86
                                    2001                         70
                                    2002                         69
                                                          --------------

                                                       $        337
                                                          ==============

       Rent  expense  under  all operating  leases was  approximately  $296,000,
       $152,000 and $173,000 for the years  ended  September 30, 1998, 1997  and
       1996, respectively.


                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-18



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



(6)    Deposits

       A summary of deposits by interest  rates at  September  30, 1998 and 1997
       follows:



                                                                       Weighted                        Weighted
                                                                        average                         average
                                                                       interest                        interest
                                                         1998            rate           1997             rate
                                                    ---------------   -----------  --------------     ------------

                                                     (In thousands)                     (In thousands)

                                                                                            
           Noninterest-bearing checking          $       10,492              0%         10,529               0%
           Interest-bearing checking                     24,456           1.94%         24,149            2.46%
           Savings accounts                              37,758           1.77%         47,354            2.50%
           Money market accounts                         18,092           3.99%         14,686            3.53%
           Certificate accounts:
              2.00% - 2.99%                                  --                          1,958
              4.00% - 4.99%                              31,676                          7,335
              5.00% - 5.99%                             166,610                        228,331
              6.00% - 6.99%                              63,096                         92,676
              7.00% - 7.99%                                  --                          2,696
                                                    ---------------                --------------

                 Total certificates                     261,382           5.52%        332,996            5.23%
                                                    ---------------
                                                                                   ==============

                 Total deposits                  $      352,180           4.63%        429,714            4.88%
                                                    ===============                ==============


       Certificates  of deposit  issued in amounts of  $100,000  or more totaled
       approximately  $45.7  million  and $57.5  million at September  30,  1998
       and 1997, respectively.

       Interest on  deposits at  September  30, 1998 and 1997 is  summarized  as
       follows:


                                                                           1998            1997           1996
                                                                         ----------     ----------     ----------

                                                                                      (In thousands)
                                                                                               
         Interest on interest-bearing checking and
             money market accounts                                    $     1,051           958            872
         Interest on savings and certificate accounts                      17,868        18,841         18,174
         Less early withdrawal penalties                                      (88)          (97)           (85)
                                                                         ----------     ----------     ----------

                                                                      $    18,831        19,702         18,961
                                                                         ==========     ==========     ==========


                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-19



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       A summary  of  certificate  accounts  by year of  scheduled  maturity  at
       September 30, 1998 and 1997 follows:

                 Year ended
               September 30,            1998                1997
               -------------        --------------       ------------

                                             (In thousands)

                    1998         $           --             221,586
                    1999                165,547              49,946
                    2000                 54,045              30,166
                    2001                 11,715               8,827
                    2002                 21,527              22,471
                    2003                  8,548                  --
                                    ==============       ============

                                 $      261,382             332,996
                                    ==============       ============


(7)    Advances From Federal Home Loan Bank

       A summary of the Bank's  borrowings  from the Federal Home  Loan  Bank of
       Atlanta by year of maturity as of September  30, 1998 is  as follows:



                                             1998               Rate
                                        ----------------     -----------

                                          (In thousands)

             1999                    $         1,000            6.00%
             2008                             20,000            5.08%
                                        ----------------     -----------

 Total weighted average rate         $        21,000            5.12%
                                        ================     ===========

       Fixed  interest rate  advances in the amounts of $5 million,  $10 million
       and $5 million can be converted to variable interest rates by the Federal
       Home Loan Bank of Atlanta in years 2000, 2001 and 2003, respectively.

       There were no borrowings  from the Federal Home Loan Bank as of September
       30,  1997.  Should the Bank  elect to prepay  these  borrowings  prior to
       maturity, prepayment penalties may be incurred. Advances from the Federal
       Home Loan Bank are secured with a blanket  floating lien which includes a
       security  interest in the FHLB stock held by the Bank and first  mortgage
       loans of the Bank.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-20



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



(8)    Income Taxes

       The  provision  for income taxes for 1998,  1997 and 1996 consists of the
       following:




                                                             Current           Deferred               Total
                                                           -------------      ------------         ------------

                                                                             (In thousands)
                                                                                           
        Year ended September 30, 1998:
             Federal                                   $      1,825               (782)               1,043
             State                                              190                (82)                 108
                                                           =============      ============         ============

                                                       $      2,015               (864)               1,151
                                                           =============      ============         ============

        Year ended September 30, 1997
             Federal                                   $        681                531                1,212
             State                                               30                 57                   87
                                                           =============      ============         ============

                                                       $        711                588                1,299
                                                           =============      ============         ============

        Year ended September 30, 1996:
             Federal                                   $        888               (848)                  40
             State                                               95                (91)                   4
                                                           =============      ============         ============

                                                       $        983               (939)                  44
                                                           =============      ============         ============


       The tax effects of temporary  differences  that give rise to  significant
       portions of the  deferred  tax assets and  deferred  tax  liabilities  at
       September 30, 1998 and 1997 are presented below.



                                                                                     1998               1997
                                                                                   --------          ---------

                                                                                          (In thousands)
                                                                                                
            Deferred tax assets:
               Loans receivable, due to allowance for loan losses, net          $      827              781
               Pension asset                                                           379               --
               Prepaid interest income                                                  21               10
               Self-insurance reserve                                                  339               11
                                                                                   --------          ---------

                    Total deferred tax assets                                        1,566              802
               Less valuation allowance                                                  --              --
                                                                                   --------          ---------

                    Net deferred tax assets                                          1,566              802
                                                                                   --------          ---------


                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-21



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



                                                                                     1998          1997
                                                                                   --------      ---------

                                                                                        (In thousands)

                                                                                             
            Deferred tax liabilities:
               FHLB stock                                                       $     (457)        (456)
               Unrealized gain on investments available for sale                      (129)         (50)
               Loans receivable, due to deferred loan fees                              (1)         (25)
               Premises and equipment, due to differences in
                   depreciation methods and useful lives                               (42)         (32)
               Pension liability                                                        --          (88)
               Other                                                                    (1)          --
                                                                                   --------      ---------

                    Total deferred tax liabilities                                    (630)        (651)
                                                                                   --------      ---------

                    Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)                       $      936         (151)
                                                                                   ========      =========


       The Bank's  effective  rate on pretax  income  differs from the statutory
Federal income tax rate as follows:



                                                                   Years ended September 30,
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1998          %          1997           %           1996          %
                                            ----------    -------    ---------     ---------    ----------    -------


                                                                                            
           Tax provision at statutory    $    1,202         34%       1,301           34%          101         34%
                rate
           Increase (decrease) in tax
             resulting from:
                Tax-exempt interest,
                net of                          (17)        (1%)        (22)          (1%)         (45)       (15%)
                  scaleback
                State income taxes,
                net of
                  Federal income tax             65          2%          78           38%          (38)       (13%)
                  benefit
                Other, net                      (99)        (2%)        (58)         (26%)         (26)        (9%)
                                            ----------    -------    ---------     ---------    ----------    -------

                                         $    1,151         33%       1,299           44%           44         15%
                                            ==========    =======    =========     =========    ==========    =======


       Until 1997, under the Internal Revenue Code (Code),  the Bank was allowed
       a special  bad debt  deduction  for  additions  to tax bad debt  reserves
       established for the purpose of absorbing  losses.  Provisions of the Code
       permitted the Bank two methods of determining the bad debt deduction: the
       experience  method  or the  percentage  of  taxable  income  method.  The
       statutory  percentage  used to calculate the percentage of taxable income
       method bad debt  deduction was 8% before such  deduction.  The experience
       method was calculated using actual loss experience of the Bank.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-22



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       The Small  Business Job Protection Act of 1996 repealed the percentage of
       taxable income method of accounting for bad debts for tax years beginning
       after 1995. The Bank switched solely to the experience  method to compute
       its bad debt deduction in 1997 and future years.  The Bank is required to
       recapture  into taxable  income the portion of its bad debt reserves that
       exceed its bad debt reserves calculated under the experience method since
       1987.  The Bank will recapture bad debt reserves  totaling  approximately
       $350,000 as a result of this change in law.

       The Bank elected to use the  percentage of taxable  income method for the
       year ended  September  30,  1996.  The Code also  imposes an  alternative
       minimum tax at a 20% rate on taxable income plus certain  adjustments and
       preference  items.  The  alternative  minimum  tax is imposed  only if it
       exceeds the regular tax liability.

       Retained income at September 30, 1998 includes approximately $5.8 million
       base year tax bad debt  reserve for which no  deferred  Federal and state
       income tax liability  has been  recognized.  These  amounts  represent an
       allocation  of  income  to bad debt  deductions  for tax  purposes  only.
       Reduction  of amounts so allocated  for purposes  other than tax bad debt
       losses or  adjustments  arising from  carryback of net  operating  losses
       would create income for tax purposes only,  which would be subject to the
       then current  corporate  income tax rate. The unrecorded  deferred income
       tax  liability  on the above  amounts was  approximately  $4.9 million at
       September 30, 1998.


(9)    Concentration of Credit Risk

       The Bank originates real estate, consumer, and commercial loans primarily
       in its Central  Florida market area.  Although the Bank has a diversified
       loan portfolio,  a substantial portion of its borrowers' ability to honor
       their  contracts is dependent  upon the economy of Central  Florida.  The
       Bank does not have a significant  exposure to any individual  customer or
       counterparty.

       The Bank  manages  its  credit  risk by  limiting  the  total  amount  of
       arrangements  outstanding  with individual  customers,  by monitoring the
       size  and  maturity  structure  of  the  loan  portfolio,   by  obtaining
       collateral based on management's credit assessment of the customers,  and
       by applying a uniform credit process for all credit exposures.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-23



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



(10)   Regulatory Matters

       The  Bank  is  subject  to  various   regulatory   capital   requirements
       administered  by the federal  banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum
       capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  - and  possibly
       additional  discretionary  - actions by regulators  that, if  undertaken,
       could have a direct material effect on the Bank's  financial  statements.
       Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt
       corrective  action,  the Bank must meet specific capital  guidelines that
       involve  quantitative  measures of the Bank's  assets,  liabilities,  and
       certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting
       practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject
       to  qualitative  judgments  by  the  regulators  about  components,  risk
       weightings, and other factors.

       Quantitative   measures  established  by  regulation  to  ensure  capital
       adequacy  require  the Bank to maintain  minimum  amounts and ratios (set
       forth in the table  below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the
       regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined).

       As of May 15,  1998,  the most  recent  notification  from the  Office of
       Thrift  Supervision  categorized the Bank as "well capitalized" under the
       regulatory  framework for prompt corrective  action. To be categorized as
       "well capitalized," the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier
       I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There
       are no  conditions  or events  since that  notification  that  management
       believes have changed the Bank's category.

       The Bank's actual  capital  amounts and ratios are also  presented in the
       table.



                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               To be well
                                                                                              capitalized
                                                                      For capital             under prompt
                                                                        adequacy           corrective action
                                                   Actual               purpose                provisions
                                             -------------------  ---------------------  ----------------------
                                              Amount     Ratio      Amount     Ratio      Amount       Ratio

                                                                                      
             As of September 30, 1998:
                Total capital (to risk-
                  weighted assets)            $38,451     15.6%     $19,786     8.0%      $24,732      10.0%
                Tier I capital (to risk-
                  weighted assets)             35,887     14.5%       9,893     4.0%       14,839      6.0%
                Tier I capital
                  (to average assets)          35,887      8.7%      16,599     4.0%       20,748      5.0%
                                             ========== =========  ========== =========  ==========  ==========


                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-24



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997




                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               To be well
                                                                                              capitalized
                                                                      For capital             under prompt
                                                                        adequacy           corrective action
                                                   Actual               purpose                provisions
                                             -------------------  ---------------------  ----------------------
                                              Amount     Ratio      Amount     Ratio      Amount       Ratio

                                                                                      
             As of September 30, 1997:
                Total capital (to risk-
                  weighted assets)            $36,135     13.6%     $21,288     8.0%      $26,610      10.0%
                Tier I capital (to risk-
                  weighted assets)             33,502     12.6%      10,644     4.0%       15,966       6.0%
                Tier I capital
                  (to average assets)          33,502      7.2%      18,715     4.0%       23,394       5.0%
                                             ========== =========  ========== =========  ==========  ==========


(11)   Savings Association Insurance Fund

       The  Bank  pays  deposit   insurance   premiums  to  the  FDIC's  Savings
       Association  Insurance Fund (SAIF).  The majority of commercial banks pay
       such premiums to the FDIC's Bank Insurance  Fund (BIF).  The SAIF and BIF
       previously assessed deposit insurance premiums at the same rate. However,
       effective  September  30, 1995,  the FDIC reduced the minimum  assessment
       rate  applicable to BIF deposits,  but not SAIF  deposits,  from 23 basis
       points of covered deposits to four basis points of covered deposits,  and
       effective  January 1, 1996,  further  reduced the BIF rate to zero.  This
       disparity  in  assessment  rates  may  place  the  Bank at a  competitive
       disadvantage to institutions  whose deposits are exclusively or primarily
       BIF insured (such as most commercial banks).

                                                                     (Continued)


                                       F-25



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       On September 30, 1996, President Clinton signed into law H.R. 3610, which
       is  intended  to  recapitalize  the SAIF  and  substantially  bridge  the
       assessment  rate  disparity   existing   between  SAIF  and  BIF  insured
       institutions.  The new law  subjects  institutions  with SAIF  assessable
       deposits,  including the Bank, to a one-time  assessment  estimated to be
       approximately  .657% of  covered  deposits  as of  March  31,  1995,  and
       provides for a 20% reduction of this assessment for certain institutions,
       including the Bank. The new law remains to be implemented by the FDIC and
       the FDIC's  interpretation  of the new law may affect actual amounts paid
       by  depository  institutions.  This  one-time  assessment  resulted  in a
       pre-tax charge of approximately $2.5 million. Under the provisions of the
       new law,  the  assessment  may be  treated  for tax  purposes  as a fully
       deductible   "ordinary  and  necessary   business  expense."  Results  of
       operations  for the year ended  September 30, 1996 included this one-time
       assessment.


(12)   Sale of Branches

       On  October  29,  1997,  the  Bank  entered  into  an  agreement  to sell
       substantially  all of the loans,  with a majority  of the loans sold on a
       servicing-released  basis,  and certain  liabilities  (primarily  deposit
       liabilities) of the branches located in north Florida.  The sale included
       loans at 80% of the deposit liability.  The remaining 20% of the purchase
       was funded with cash. The purchase included the branches,  except for two
       branches which were closed by the Bank because the Bank is precluded from
       conducting any further business at those  locations.  The transaction was
       completed  January  30,  1998.  Assets of  approximately  $52.5  million,
       including  loans of $44.6  million,  property and  equipment of $705,000,
       cash of $10.1 million,  and liabilities  consisting  primarily of deposit
       accounts of $55.5  million,  were sold for a gain of  approximately  $3.0
       million.  The  remaining  two branches  are under  contract for sale to a
       third party. The sale of the two branches is expected to close in 1999 at
       no loss to the Bank.


(13)   Benefit Plans

       On September 28, 1998,  the Board of Directors  approved a  non-qualified
       Director  Retirement Plan (Retirement Plan). The Retirement Plan will pay
       all  Directors  that have served on the board at least ten years,  $1,000
       per month for 120 months  beginning at the end of their final  three-year
       term.  For the year ended  September  30, 1998,  the Bank has  recognized
       expense of $410,000 related to this Retirement Plan. The weighted-average
       discount  rate used to measure the  expense for the year ended  September
       30, 1998 was 5.5%. This expense is a component of compensation expense on
       the statements of earnings.

       The  Bank  maintains  a  noncontributory  defined  benefit  pension  plan
       ("Plan")  covering  substantially  all employees who meet minimum service
       requirements. The benefit formula of the Plan generally bases payments to
       retired  employees  upon their  length of  service  and a  percentage  of
       qualifying compensation during the final years of employment.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-26



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



     On September 28, 1998, the Board of Directors froze benefit accruals for

     the Plan effective November 3, 1998. The Bank anticipates allocating to the
     participants their full present value of accrued benefits based on the Plan
     liquidation  guidelines,  as prescribed by the Internal  Revenue Code.  The
     present value of benefit obligations at September 30, 1998 is approximately
     $5.7  million  and the plan  assets at fair  value are  approximately  $4.0
     million.  As a  result,  the  Bank  recognized  compensation  and  employee
     benefits  expense  for 1998 of $1.7  million as an  actuarial  estimate  of
     benefits payable upon liquidation, and the related liability is a component
     of other liabilities on the statement of financial condition.

     The  following  table sets forth the funded  status of the Plan and amounts
     recognized in the Bank's balance sheet at September 30, 1998 and 1997:



                                                                                       1998            1997
                                                                                     ----------     ----------
                                                                                          (In thousands)
                                                                                                  
              Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
                 Vested accumulated benefit obligation                             $   (5,672)       (3,272)
                                                                                     ----------     ----------

                 Accumulated benefit obligation                                        (5,672)       (3,272)
                 Additional benefits based on estimated future salary levels
                                                                                           --        (1,132)
                                                                                     ----------     ----------

                        Projected benefit obligation                                   (5,672)       (4,404)
              Plan assets at fair value                                                 3,997         3,616
                                                                                     ----------     ----------

                        Funded status                                              $   (1,675)         (788)
                                                                                     ==========

              Unrecognized net assets at October 1, 1987 being
                 recognized over 13 years                                                              (117)
              Unrecognized net loss                                                                      52
              Unrecognized prior service cost                                                           440
                                                                                                    ----------

                                                                                                   $   (413)
                                                                                                    ==========


                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-27



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       Pension cost for the year ended  September 30, 1997 and 1996 included the
       following components:



                                                                          1997           1996
                                                                        ---------      ---------

                                                                              (In thousands)

                                                                                  
            Service cost - benefits earned during the period       $     207              200
            Interest cost                                                304              272
            Actual return on assets held in plan                         (580)            (155)
            Net amortization and deferral                                335              (64)
                                                                        ---------      ---------

               Net periodic pension cost                           $     266              253
                                                                        =========      =========


       The weighted-average  discount rate used to measure the projected benefit
       obligation is approximately 6% at September 30, 1998 and approximately 8%
       at  September  30,  1997  and  1996;  the  rate  of  increase  in  future
       compensation  levels  is 5% at  September  30,  1997  and  1996;  and the
       expected  long-term  rate of return on assets is  approximately  6.5% for
       September  30, 1998 and  approximately  8.25% for  September 30, 1997 and
       1996. No increase in future compensation levels was used at September 30,
       1998 as the Plan has been frozen by the Board of Directors.


(14)   Fair Values of Financial Instruments

       Fair value  estimates,  methods and assumptions are set  forth  below for
       the Bank's  financial  instruments at September 30, 1998 and 1997.

       Cash  and  cash  equivalents:  The  carrying  amount  of  cash  and  cash
       equivalents  (demand deposits maintained by the Bank at various financial
       institutions and federal funds sold) represents fair value.

       Investments:  The Bank's investment  securities represent  investments in
       U.S. Government Agency obligations,  Collateralized  Mortgage Obligations
       and mortgage-backed  securities.  The fair value of these investments was
       estimated  based on quoted market prices or bid quotations  received from
       securities dealers.

       Federal  Home Loan Bank stock:  The  Federal  Home Loan Bank stock is not
       publicly  traded and the  carrying  amount was used to estimate  the fair
       value.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-28



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       Loans:  Fair values are  estimated  for the Bank's  portfolio of loans by
       grouping  loans with similar  financial  characteristics.  The loans have
       been  segregated by type,  such as fixed and variable rate first mortgage
       loans  and  other  loans.  The  fair  value  of  loans  is  estimated  by
       discounting  the future cash flows using  current  rates at which similar
       loans would be made to  borrowers  with  similar  credit  ratings and for
       similar maturities.

       Deposit  liabilities:  The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity
       (i.e.,  interest and  noninterest-bearing  checking  accounts and savings
       accounts)  is equal to the amount  payable as of  September  30, 1998 and
       1997.  The  fair  value  of  certificates  of  deposit  is  based  on the
       discounted  value  of  contractual  cash  flows.  The  discount  rate  is
       estimated using the rates  currently  offered by the Bank for deposits of
       similar remaining maturities.

       Federal Home Loan Bank  advances:  The fair value of advances is based on
       the  discounted  value of  contractual  cash flows.  The discount rate is
       estimated using the rates currently  offered by creditors for advances of
       similar remaining maturities.

       Due  to  banks:  The  carrying  value  of  cash  due to  other  financial
       institutions represents fair value.

       Commitments:  The Bank makes commitments in the normal course of business
       to originate loans. All such commitments are for relatively short periods
       of time,  so the  market  value of the  loan on the  commitment  date and
       origination or delivery date is seldom materially different.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       F-29



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



       The  estimated  fair  values  of  the  Bank's  financial  instruments  at
       September 30, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:



                                                                                           1998
                                                                               -----------------------------
                                                                                Carrying         Estimated
                                                                                 amount          fair value
                                                                               -----------      ------------

                                                                                      (In thousands)
                                                                                           
              Financial assets:
                 Cash and cash equivalents                                  $      5,217          5,217
                 Investments available for sale                                   42,225         42,225
                 Investment securities held to maturity                           18,736         18,524
                 Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                      2,863          2,864
                 Loans (carrying amount net of allowance
                    for loan loss of $2,564)                                     338,610        341,513
                                                                               ===========    ============

              Financial liabilities:
                 Deposits:
                    Without stated maturities                               $     90,798         90,798
                    With stated maturities                                       261,382        258,744
                 Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                  21,000         19,149
                 Due to banks                                                      4,569          4,569
                                                                               ===========    ============

              Commitments:
                 Loan commitments                                           $         --          1,985
                                                                               ===========    ============




                                                                                           1997
                                                                               -----------------------------
                                                                                Carrying       Estimated
                                                                                 amount        fair value
                                                                               -----------    ------------

                                                                                      (In thousands)
                                                                                              
              Financial assets:
                 Cash and cash equivalents                                  $     21,842         21,842
                 Investments available for sale                                   36,761         36,761
                 Investment securities held to maturity                           37,812         37,311
                 Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                      2,864          2,864
                 Loans (carrying amount net of allowance
                    for loan loss of $2,633)                                     355,551        364,311
                                                                               ===========    ============

              Financial liabilities:
                 Deposits:
                    Without stated maturities                               $     96,718         96,718
                    With stated maturities                                       332,996        332,465
                 Due to banks                                                        483            483
                                                                               ===========    ============

              Commitments:
                 Loan commitments                                           $         --          3,721
                                                                               ===========    ============


                                                                     (Continued)
                                       F-30



                         FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                             ASSOCIATION OF FLORIDA

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           September 30, 1998 and 1997



(15)   Commitments and Contingencies

       In the  ordinary  course of  business,  the Bank has various  outstanding
       commitments  and  contingent  liabilities  that are not  reflected in the
       accompanying  financial statements.  In addition, the Bank is a defendant
       in certain  claims and legal  actions  arising in the ordinary  course of
       business.  In the opinion of management,  after  consultation  with legal
       counsel,  the ultimate  disposition  of these  matters is not expected to
       have a material adverse effect on the financial conditions of the Bank.



                                       F-31




                                                                              
================================================================================  ==================================================

You should rely only on the information  contained in this document. We have not
authorized  anyone  to  provide  you  with  information  that is  different.This
document does not constitute an offer to sell, or the  solicitation  of an offer
to buy, any of the securities  offered hereby to any person in any  jurisdiction
in which such offer or  solicitation  would be  unlawful.  The  affairs of First
Federal  Florida  or  FloridaFirst  Bancorp  may  change  after the date of this
prospectus.  Delivery of this  document  and the sales of shares made  hereunder
does not mean otherwise.

           TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                   Page
                                                   ----
Questions and Answers...........................                                               Up to 2,703,851 Shares
Summary ........................................                                                    Common Stock
Selected Financial and Other Data...............
Risk Factors....................................
First Federal Florida ..........................
FloridaFirst Bancorp............................
FloridaFirst Bancorp, MHC.......................
Use of Proceeds.................................
Dividend Policy.................................                                                 FloridaFirst Bancorp
Wavier of Dividends by the MHC..................
MHC Conversion to Stock Form....................
Market for Common Stock.........................
Capitalization..................................
Pro Forma Data..................................
Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance.....                                                   ----------------- 
Statements of Earnings..........................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of Operations..                                                      PROSPECTUS
Business of the Company.........................
Business of the Bank............................                                                   -----------------
Regulation .....................................
Taxation........................................
Management .....................................
The Reorganization..............................
The Offering....................................                                          Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.
Certain Restrictions on Acquisition of
 the Company....................................
Description of Capital Stock....................
Registration Requirements.......................                                                               , 1999
Legal and Tax Opinions..........................                                               ----------- ----
Experts.........................................
Registration Requirements.......................
Where You Can Find Additional Information.......
Index to Financial Statements  .................

Until the later of __________  ____,  1999 or 25 days after  commencement of the          THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR
offering, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not          SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is          INSURED OR GUARANTEED.
in addition to the dealers'  obligation  to deliver a prospectus  when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

================================================================================  ==================================================






                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

*        Legal Fees and Expenses....................................   $240,000
*        Accounting Fees and Expenses...............................    125,000
*        Appraisal/Business Plan Fees and Expenses..................     31,000
*        Blue Sky Legal and Filing Fees.............................     25,000
*        Conversion Agent...........................................     42,000
*        Printing Fees and Expenses.................................    125,000
*        Postage and Mailing Expenses...............................    185,000
*        Stock Certificate Expenses.................................      5,000
*        Transfer Agent Fees........................................     25,000
*        Underwriting Fees and Expenses.............................    175,000
         Filing Fees:
                  OTS...............................................     16,400
                  Nasdaq (including entry and listing fees).........     26,650
                  SEC...............................................      7,500
                  NASD..............................................      3,300
*        Other    ..................................................     36,150
                          Total..................................... $1,068,000
                                                                      =========

- -----------------
*        Estimated, at supermax.


Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Federal  regulations  define  areas  for  indemnity  coverage  by First
Federal  Savings and Loan  Association  of Florida (to be known as First Federal
Florida) (the "Bank") as follows:

         (a) Any person against who any action is brought or threatened  because
that person is or was a director or officer of the Bank shall be  indemnified by
the Bank, as the case may be, for:

                  (i) Any amount for which such person  becomes  liable  under a
                  judgment in such action; and

                  (ii)  Reasonable  costs  and  expenses,  including  reasonable
                  attorney's  fees,  actually paid or incurred by such person in
                  defending or settling such action,  or in enforcing his or her
                  rights to  indemnification  if the person  attains a favorable
                  judgment in such enforcement action.

         (b)  Indemnification  provided for in subparagraph (a) shall be made to
such officer or director only if the requirements of this paragraph are met:

                  (i) The  Bank  shall  make  the  indemnification  provided  by
                  subparagraph  (a) in  connection  with any such  action  which
                  results  in a final  judgment  on the  merits in favor of such
                  officer or director.







                  (ii)  The Bank  shall  make the  indemnification  provided  by
                  subparagraph  (a) in case of settlement of such action,  final
                  judgment against such director or officer or final judgment in
                  favor of such director or officer other than on the merits, if
                  a  majority  of  the  disinterested   directors  of  the  Bank
                  determines  that such a director or officer was acting in good
                  faith within the scope of his or her  employment  or authority
                  as  he  or  she  could  reasonably  have  believed  under  the
                  circumstances  was in the  best  interest  of the  Bank or its
                  members.

         (c) As used in this paragraph:

                  (i) "action" means any judicial or administrative  proceeding,
                  or  threatened   proceeding,   whether  civil,   criminal,  or
                  otherwise,  including  any  appeal  or  other  proceeding  for
                  review;

                  (ii) "final judgment" means a judgment, decree, or order which
                  is not  appealable  and as to which the  period for appeal has
                  expired with no appeal taken:

                  (iii) "settlement" includes the entry of a judgment by consent
                  or by confession or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.

         The  Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS")  has not yet  issued  final
regulations  governing entities,  such as FloridaFirst  Bancorp (the "Company"),
that are  subsidiary  holding  companies of mutual holding  companies.  However,
proposed  regulations  promulgated  by the OTS, if adopted in the form proposed,
would subject the Company to the same indemnification  regulations applicable to
the Bank as described above.

         The Bank has a directors and officers  liability  policy  providing for
insurance against certain liabilities  incurred by directors and officers of the
Bank while serving in their capacities as such.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

                  Not Applicable


Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

         The  financial   statements   and  exhibits   filed  as  part  of  this
Registration Statement are as follows:


                       
                   (a)     List of Exhibits:

                   1       Agency Agreement with Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.

                   2       Plan of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization and Stock Issuance

                   3(i)    Charter of FloridaFirst Bancorp

                   3(ii)   Bylaws of FloridaFirst Bancorp

                   4       Specimen Stock Certificate of FloridaFirst Bancorp








                       

                   5       Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. regarding legality of securities
                           registered

                   8.1     Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.

                   8.2     Form of Florida Tax Opinion of Hahn, McClurg, Watson, Griffith & Bush,
                           P.A.

                   8.3     Statement of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc. as to the value of subscription
                           rights

                  10.1     Employment Agreement with Gregory C. Wilkes

                  10.2     Form of Employment Agreement**

                  23.1     Consent of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. (included with Exhibit 5)

                  23.2     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                  23.3     Consent of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.

                  24       Power of Attorney (included with signature page)

                  27       Financial Data Schedule***

                  99.1     Marketing Materials

                  99.2     Appraisal Report*


- -------------------
*        To be filed by amendment
**       To be entered into with four senior officers of First Federal Florida
***      Filed electronically only

                  (b)      Financial Statements and Schedules:

         Except  for  schedules  required  for  electronic   filers,   financial
statement  schedules  are  omitted  because  they  are not  required  or are not
applicable or the required  information is shown in the financial  statements or
the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

    I.   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                    (i)   To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3)
of the Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act");







                   (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
after the  effective  date of the  registration  statement  (or the most  recent
post-effective  amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or in the  aggregate,
represent a fundamental  change in the information set forth in the registration
statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of
securities  offered (if the total dollar value of  securities  offered would not
exceed that which was  registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of
the estimated  maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
filed with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule 424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the
changes in volume and price  represent no more than 20 percent change in maximum
aggregate  offering price set forth in the  "Calculation  of  Registration  Fee"
table in the effective registration statement;

                  (iii) To include any material  information with respect to the
plan of distribution not previously  disclosed in the registration  statement or
any material change to such information in the registration statement.

         (2) That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
Securities Act, each such  post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration  statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

         (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

         (4) To provide  to the  underwriter  at the  closing  specified  in the
underwriting  agreements,  certificates in such  denominations and registered in
such names as  required by the  underwriter  to permit  prompt  delivery to each
purchaser.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to  directors,  officers,  and  controlling  persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the  Securities
Act,  and  is  therefore,   unenforceable.   In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,  officer,  or controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such  director,  officer,  or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against  public policy as expressed in the  Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.








                                   SIGNATURES

          Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as
amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed
on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in  Lakeland,
Florida as of December 18, 1998.


                                             FLORIDAFIRST BANCORP


                                             /s/ Gregory C. Wilkes     
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Gregory C. Wilkes
                                             President, Chief Executive Officer,
                                             and Director
                                             (Duly authorized representative)


          We the undersigned  directors and officers of FloridaFirst  Bancorp do
hereby  severally  constitute and appoint Gregory C. Wilkes and Kerry P. Charlet
our true and lawful  attorneys and agents,  to do any and all things and acts in
our names in the capacities  indicated  below and to execute all instruments for
us and in our names in the  capacities  indicated  below  which said  Gregory C.
Wilkes  and  Kerry  P.  Charlet  may  deem  necessary  or  advisable  to  enable
FloridaFirst  Bancorp to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
any  rules,   regulations  and  requirements  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  in connection with the registration  statement on Form S-1 relating
to the offering of FloridaFirst  Bancorp's common stock,  including specifically
but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names
in the capacities  indicated  below the  registration  statement and any and all
amendments (including  post-effective  amendments) thereto; and we hereby ratify
and confirm all that Gregory C. Wilkes and Kerry P. Charlet shall do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as
amended,  this  registration  statement  has been signed below by the  following
persons in the capacities indicated as of December 18, 1998.



/s/ Gregory C. Wilkes               /s/ Kerry P. Charlet    
- ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------
Gregory C. Wilkes                   Kerry P. Charlet
President, Chief Executive Officer  Senior Vice President and Chief
and Director                        Financial Officer
                                    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


/s/ Charles W. Bovay                /s/ Llewellyn N. Belcourt          
- ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------
Charles W. Bovay                    Llewellyn N. Belcourt
Chairman of the Board               Director


/s/ Robert H. Artman                /s/ Rudy H. Thornberry             
- ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------
Robert H. Artman                    Rudy H. Thornberry
Director                            Director










/s/ Nis Nissen                       /s/ Stephen A. Moore, Jr.         
- ----------------------------------   ----------------------------------
Nis Nissen                           Stephen A. Moore, Jr.
Director                             Director


/s/ G.F. Zimmermann, III                   
- ----------------------------------   
G.F. Zimmermann, III
Director





    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 1998
                                                 Registration No. 333-
                                                                      ----------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                          ----------------------------

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                          ----------------------------

                              FLORIDAFIRST BANCORP
                          ----------------------------
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)


        United States                      6035                  59-3545582  
- ----------------------------         -----------------       -------------------
(State or other jurisdiction         (Primary SIC No.)        (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or                                          Identification No.)
organization)

              205 East Orange Street, Lakeland, Florida 33801-4611
                                 (941) 688-6811
                          ----------------------------
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
              including area code, of principal executive offices)


                              Mr. Gregory C. Wilkes
                                    President
                              FloridaFirst Bancorp
                    205 East Orange Street, Lakeland, Florida
                                 (941) 688-6811
                          ----------------------------
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)


                  Please send copies of all communications to:
                             Charles E. Sloane, Esq.
                               Ruel B. Pile, Esq.
                      MALIZIA, SPIDI, SLOANE & FISCH, P.C.
           1301 K Street, N.W., Suite 700 East, Washington, D.C. 20005


        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:

                    As soon as  practicable  after this  registration  statement
becomes effective.








                          INDEX TO EXHIBITS TO FORM S-1




Exhibit
     
(a)      List of Exhibits:

1        Agency Agreement with Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.

2        Plan of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization and Stock Issuance

3(i)     Charter of FloridaFirst Bancorp

3(ii)    Bylaws of FloridaFirst Bancorp

4        Specimen Stock Certificate of FloridaFirst Bancorp

5        Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. regarding legality of securities registered

8.1      Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.

8.2      Form of Florida Tax Opinion of Hahn, McClurg, Watson, Griffith & Bush, P.A.

8.3      Statement of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc. as to the value of subscription rights

10.1     Employment Agreement with Gregory C. Wilkes

10.2     Form of Employment Agreement**

23.1     Consent of Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C. (included with Exhibit 5)

23.2     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

23.3     Consent of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.

24       Power of Attorney (included with signature page)

27       Financial Data Schedule***

99.1     Marketing Materials

99.2     Appraisal Report*


- -------------------
*        To be filed by amendment
**       To be entered into with four senior officers of First Federal Florida
***      Filed electronically only